GEHL CO
10-K405, 1995-03-08
FARM MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: AMERISOURCE DISTRIBUTION CORP, S-2/A, 1995-03-08
Next: PROMUS COMPANIES INC, PREM14A, 1995-03-08




                                   FORM 10-K

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                           Washington, D. C.  20549
                           _________________________



[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994

                                      OR

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     For the Transition period from __ to __

                         Commision file number 0-18110


                               Gehl Company                         
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Wisconsin                             39-0300430            
(State or other jurisdiction           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization) 


     143 Water Street, West Bend, WI                 53095
(Address of principal executive office)            (Zip Code) 

          
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (414) 334-9461 

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                     NONE

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                         Common Stock, $.10 par value       
                               (Title of class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes   X            No      

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [X]

     Aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant: $38,705,166 at February 22, 1995.  

     Number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of
common stock, as of February 22, 1995:


               Class                        Shares Outstanding

     Common Stock, $.10 Par Value               6,169,523          


                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

       Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders (Parts I and II)
   Gehl Company Proxy Statement for the 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
       (to be filed with the Commission under Regulation 14A within 120
       days after the end of the registrant's fiscal year and, upon such
            filing, to be incorporated by reference into Part III)
  
<PAGE>

                                 GEHL COMPANY
                              _________________ 

                                   INDEX TO 
                          ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

                    For The Year Ended December 31, 1994  
                                                                       Page

Part I

Item 1             Business   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1

Item 2             Properties   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          7

Item 3             Legal Proceedings  . . . . . . . . . . .          8

Item 4             Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
                   Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8

                   Executive Officers of the Registrant   .          9

Part II

Item 5             Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                   Shareholder Matters  . . . . . . . . . .          11

Item 6             Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . .          11

Item 7             Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                   Condition and Results of Operations  . .          11

Item 8             Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  . .  11

Item 9             Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                   on Accounting and Financial Disclosure            11

Part III

Item 10            Directors and Executive Officers of the
                   Registrant   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          12  

Item 11            Executive Compensation   . . . . . . . .          12

Item 12            Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                   and Management   . . . . . . . . . . . .          12

Item 13            Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    12

Part IV

Item 14            Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and
                   Reports on Form 8-K  . . . . . . . . . .          13

Signatures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          14

<PAGE>  



                                    Part I

Item 1.  Business


Overview

    Gehl Company (the "Company" or "Gehl") designs, manufactures, distributes,
sells and finances equipment used in the agricultural equipment and the light
construction equipment industries.  The Company's agricultural segment ("Gehl
Agriculture") has manufactured agricultural implements for 136 years, and
today markets a broad range of equipment used primarily in the dairy and
livestock industries, including haymaking, forage harvesting, materials
handling (skid steer loaders and attachments), manure handling and feedmaking
equipment.  The Company believes that it is currently the largest non-tractor
agricultural equipment manufacturer in North America.  The Company's
construction segment ("Gehl Construction") manufactures and markets skid steer
loaders, rough-terrain telescoping-boom forklifts and asphalt pavers used by
contractors, sub-contractors, owner operators and municipalities.

    Equipment for Gehl Agriculture is manufactured in plants in Wisconsin,
Pennsylvania and South Dakota and equipment for Gehl Construction is
manufactured in two South Dakota facilities.  The Company was founded in 1859
and was incorporated in the State of Wisconsin in 1890.


Business Segments

    The Company operates in two business segments, agriculture and
construction.  The following table shows certain information relating to the
Company's operations by industry segment:

                            (dollars in thousands)
              
                                  Year Ended December 31,

                         1992            1993            1994
                       Amount     %     Amount    %     Amount    %

        Net sales:

        Gehl Agri-
        culture       $ 91,223  70.3%  $ 93,931 68.5%  $ 94,824 64.7%
        Gehl Con-
        struction       38,471  29.7     43,287 31.5     51,796 35.3 
                      --------  -----  -------- -----  -------  -----

        Total         $129,694   100%  $137,218  100%  $146,620  100%
                      ========  =====  ======== =====  ======== =====
        Income (loss
        from
        operations:

        Gehl Agri-
        culture       $(4,393)  64.0%  $  5,509 75.1%  $  4,419 34.1%  

        Gehl Con-
        struction      (2,473)  36.0      1,830 24.9     8,542  65.9 
                      --------  -----  -------- -----  -------- -----

        Total         $(6,866)   100%  $  7,339  100%  $ 12,961  100%
                      ========  =====  ======== =====  ======== =====


The Company had no intersegment sales or transfers during the years set forth
above.  For segment information with respect to identifiable assets,
depreciation/amortization and capital expenditures for the agriculture and
construction markets, see Note 12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements", included on Page 24 of the Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders, which page is incorporated by reference herein.


Gehl Agriculture

Products:

    Gehl Agriculture markets equipment in five product areas.

    1.  Haymaking - Gehl's haymaking line includes a broad range of products
        used to harvest and process hay crops for livestock feed.  The Company
        offers disc mowers, a wide range of pull-type disc and sickle mower
        conditioners, hay rakes and fixed-chamber and variable-chamber round
        balers.

    2.  Forage Harvesting - The Company believes that it currently
        manufactures and sells one of the industry's most complete lines of
        forage harvesting equipment, including forage harvesters, wagons and
        blowers.  

    3.  Materials Handling - Gehl Agriculture's materials handling line
        consists of eight different models of skid steer loaders and the Dyna-
        Handler[R] introduced in 1993.  The skid steer loader is a compact,
        fixed-wheel four-wheel drive unit typically equipped with a bucket or
        fork and is used for moving a variety of material.  The Dyna-Handler 
        [R] is a rough-terrain telescoping-boom forklift with digging
        capabilities.  The skid steer loader and Dyna-Handler[R] are marketed by
        both Gehl Agriculture and Gehl Construction.   

    4.  Manure Handling - Gehl offers a broad range of manure spreaders,
        including the Scavenger[R] II.  The Scavenger[R] II "V-Tank" side-
        discharge manure spreader incorporates a hydraulically controlled
        square tube auger which allows the spreader to handle a wide range of
        semi-liquid waste products, including municipal sludge.  For handling
        mostly solid manure, the Company also markets five models of rear-
        discharge box spreaders.

    5.  Feedmaking - The Company believes that it offers the broadest line of
        portable feedmaking equipment in the industry.  Gehl Agriculture
        currently offers the Gehl Mix-All[R] line of grinder mixers and roller
        mixers and a line of mixer feeders and a feeder wagon for both mixing
        feed rations and delivery to livestock feeders.  

Marketing and Distribution:

    In North America, Gehl's agricultural equipment is sold through
approximately 719 geographically dispersed dealers (with 784 outlets).  Gehl
Agriculture also markets products through 27 distributors in Europe, the
Middle East, the Pacific Rim and Latin America.  The Company has no Company-
owned dealers and its dealers may sell equipment produced by other
agricultural equipment manufacturers.

    It has been and remains the Company's objective to increase the share of
Gehl products sold by a Gehl dealer.  Gehl Agriculture is not dependent for
its sales on any specific dealer or group of dealers.  The top ten dealers and
distributors in Gehl Agriculture accounted for approximately 7% of the
Company's sales for the year ended December 31, 1994 and no one dealer or
distributor accounted for over 1% of the Company's sales during that period. 
Sales of the skid steer loader product line by Gehl Agriculture accounted for
more than 10% of the Company's net sales in 1992, 1993 and 1994. 

    The Company, which currently has 108 agricultural dealers in Canada,
believes that the dairy and livestock regions of Canada, especially the
Provinces of Alberta, Ontario and Quebec, present an opportunity for the
Company to expand its agricultural equipment sales.  

    The Company provides various forms of support for its dealer network,
including sales and service training.  The Company also provides floor plan
and retail finance support for products sold by its dealers in the United
States and Canada.

    The Company employs district and regional sales managers to assist its
agricultural dealers by providing training, equipment demonstrations and
assistance with sales, warranty and servicing matters.  The Company currently
operates three service parts distribution centers located in:  Memphis,
Tennessee; Syracuse, New York; and Minneapolis, Minnesota.  The Company also
contracts for two service parts distribution locations in Rockwood, Ontario
and Saskatoon, Saskatchewan.   

Industry and Competition:

    The agricultural equipment industry has seen significant consolidation and
retrenchment since 1980.  This has served to reduce the total number of
competitors, to strengthen certain major competitors, and to reduce the
strength of certain other companies in the industry.  The Company competes
within the agricultural equipment industry based primarily on price, quality,
service and distribution.

    The agricultural equipment markets in North America are highly competitive
and require substantial capital outlays.  The Company has four major
competitors as well as numerous other limited line manufacturers and
importers.  The largest manufacturers in the agricultural equipment industry,
the Company's major competitors, generally produce tractors and combines as
well as a full line of tillage and planting equipment.  Such manufacturers
also market, to varying degrees, haymaking, forage harvesting, materials
handling, manure handling and/or feedmaking equipment, the areas in which the
Company's agricultural products are concentrated.  Except for one competitor,
no other single competitor competes with the Company in each of its product
lines.  The Company believes that it is the only non-tractor manufacturer in
the industry that produces equipment in each of these product lines.  Smaller
manufacturers which compete with the Company produce only a limited line of  
specialty items and often compete only in regional markets.  

    Gehl Agriculture primarily serves the dairy and livestock industries. 
Compared to a more volatile period in the late 1980's through 1992, milk
prices, cash income, land values, and the general economy were more favorable
and stable for the dairy farmer in 1993 and 1994.  These more favorable
conditions and lower debt to equity ratios than generally experienced in most
of the 1980's led to increased buying by  farmers of agriculture equipment in
1993 and 1994.  There can be no assurance, however, that these favorable
trends will continue.

    Approximately 80% of the Company's agricultural dealers also carry the
tractor and combine product lines of a major manufacturer.  In addition to
selling the tractors and combines of a major manufacturer, many of these
dealers carry the major manufacturer's entire line of products, some of which
directly compete with the products offered by Gehl Agriculture.  Gehl
Agriculture's dealers also market equipment manufactured by limited line
manufacturers which compete with specific product lines offered by the
Company.

    Gehl Agriculture's primary markets outside of North America are in Europe,
the Pacific Rim and increasingly South and Central America.  In these markets
the Company competes with both agricultural manufacturers from the United
States, some of which have manufacturing facilities in foreign countries, and
foreign manufacturers.  The Company does not believe, however, that it is
presently a significant competitor in any of these foreign markets.

Gehl Construction

Products:

    Gehl Construction markets equipment in the following three product areas:

    1.  Skid Steer Loaders - Gehl Construction offers four models of skid
        steer loaders which feature a choice of hand-operated controls or hand
        and foot controls.  The skid steer loader, with its fixed-wheel four-
        wheel drive, is used principally for materials handling duties.  The
        skid steer loader may also be used with a variety of attachments,
        including dirt, snow and cement buckets, pallet forks and
        hydraulically-operated devices such as cold planers, backhoes, brooms,
        trenchers, snowblowers, industrial grapples, tree diggers, concrete
        breakers and augers.
  
    2.  Rough-Terrain Forklifts - Gehl markets five models of Dynalift[R] rough-
        terrain telescoping-boom forklifts and one model of the Dyna-Handler[R],
        a rough-terrain telescoping-boom forklift with digging capabilities. 
        These forklifts are designed to handle heavy loads (up to 10,000
        pounds) reaching horizontally and vertically for use by a variety of
        customers, including masons, roofers and building contractors.

    3.  Asphalt Paving Equipment - Four models of Power Box[R] pavers are
        marketed by Gehl.  These pavers allow variable paving widths from 4
        1/2 to 13 feet and are used for both commercial and municipal jobs
        such as county and municipal road, sidewalk, golf cart path, jogging
        trail, parking lot, driveway, trailer court and tennis court
        preparation.    

Marketing and Distribution:

    The Company maintains a separate distribution system for Gehl
Construction.  The Company markets its equipment in North America through 123
independent dealers (with 217 outlets) and worldwide through 20 distributors. 
The top ten dealers and distributors in Gehl Construction accounted for
approximately 15% of the Company's sales for the year ended December 31, 1994;
however, no single dealer or distributor accounted for more than 4% of the
Company's sales for that period.  Sales of the skid steer loader product line
by Gehl Construction accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales in
1992, 1993 and 1994.  Sales of the Dynalift[R] product line accounted for more
than 10% of the Company's net sales in 1993 and 1994.

    As with Gehl Agriculture, the Company believes that maintenance and
expansion of its dealer network is important to its success in the light
construction equipment market.  Gehl Construction provides various forms of
support for its dealers, including sales and service training, and, in the
United States and Canada, floor plan financing for its dealers and retail
financing for both its dealers and their customers.  The light construction
equipment dealers in North America are also supported by district sales
managers who provide a variety of services, including training, equipment
demonstrations and sales, warranty and service assistance.

Industry and Competition:

       Gehl Construction's product lines face competition in each of their
markets.  In general, each line competes with a small group of from seven to
twelve different companies.  No one company competes directly with Gehl
Construction across all of its product lines.  In the compact asphalt paving
equipment market niche Gehl serves, the Company believes it has the number 1
or 2 market share.  In the rough-terrain telescoping-boom forklift market, the
Company believes it and four other competitors share at least 75% of the
market among them.  In the skid steer loader product market three other
companies share over 80% of the market.  The Company believes that it shares a
greater portion of the balance of the skid steer loader market than does any
of its remaining competitors.  The Company competes within the light
construction equipment markets based primarily on price, quality, service and
distribution.

    Gehl Construction's primary markets outside of North America are in
Europe, Latin America, the Middle East and the Pacific Rim.  The Company
believes it is a significant competitor in the skid steer loader market in
Western Europe.


Backlog

    The backlog of unfilled equipment orders (which orders are subject to
cancellation in certain circumstances) as of December 31, 1994 was $60.2
million versus $38.5 million at December 31, 1993.  Virtually all orders in
the backlog at December 31, 1994 should be shipped in 1995.  The higher
backlog at December 31, 1994 was due primarily to increased orders from Gehl
Construction dealers.

    As the Company has broadened its Gehl Agriculture product offerings and
diversified into products serving the light construction equipment market, the
Company has been successful in reducing the seasonality of its sales. 
However, some sales seasonality still remains, primarily in April through  
June, the Company's second fiscal quarter.  The Company's first fiscal quarter
in January through March has traditionally been its weakest, with the Company
frequently incurring a first quarter loss.  Because the haymaking and forage
equipment products are primarily retailed by the Company's dealers in the
Spring, Summer, and early Fall, the Company's floor plan financed accounts
receivable generally reach a seasonal peak in early Summer and a post-seasonal
low in late Fall.


Floor Plan and Retail Financing

Floor Plan Financing:

    The Company, as is typical in the industry, generally provides floor plan
financing for its dealers.  Products shipped to dealers under the Company's
floor plan financing program are recorded by the Company as sales and the
dealers' obligations to the Company are reflected as accounts receivable.

    The Company provides interest-free floor plan financing to its dealers, in
Gehl Agriculture generally for up to one year and in Gehl Construction for
varying periods of time generally up to nine months.  Gehl dealers who sell
products utilizing floor plan financing are required to make immediate payment
for those products to the Company upon sale or delivery to the retail
customer.  At the end of the interest-free period, if the equipment remains
unsold to retail customers, the Company generally charges interest to the
dealer at a rate of between 1.5% to 3.0% above the prime rate or on occasion
provides interest-free extensions of up to six months upon payment by the
dealer of curtailments generally between 10% to 20% of the original invoice
price to the dealer.  This type of floor plan equipment financing accounts for
approximately 90% of Gehl's accounts receivable, with all such floor planned
receivables required to be secured by a first priority security interest in
the equipment sold.

Retail Financing:

    The Company also provides retail financing primarily to facilitate the
sale of Gehl equipment to end users.  Additionally, a number of Gehl dealers
purchase equipment which is held for rental to the public.  The Company also
provides retail financing to such dealers in connection with these purchases. 
Retail financing in the United States is provided by the Company through Gehl
Finance[R], the Company's finance division.  Retail financing is provided in
Canada by a third party at rates subsidized by the Company.  The Company does
not offer or sponsor retail financing outside of North America.

    The Company maintains arrangements with third parties pursuant to which
the Company sells with recourse certain of the Company's finance contracts. 
The finance contracts require periodic installments of principal and interest
over periods of up to 60 months; interest rates are based on market
conditions.  The majority of these contracts have maturities of 36 to 48
months.  The Company continues to service the finance contracts it sells,
including cash collections.  See Note 2 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements," Page 19, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis," Page 13 of
the Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages are
incorporated by reference herein.


Employees  

    As of December 31, 1994, the Company had 928 employees, of which 631 were
hourly employees and 297 were salaried employees.  At the production
facilities in West Bend, Wisconsin, one of four Gehl production facilities,
321 hourly employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the
United Paperworkers International Union (formerly the Allied Industrial
Workers) which expires December 31, 1995.  None of the remaining employees of
the Company are represented by unions.  There have been no labor-related work
stoppages at the Company's facilities during the past twenty-one years. 


Manufacturing

    The Company believes that its present manufacturing facilities are
sufficient to provide adequate capacity for its operations for the foreseeable
future.  

    Component parts needed in the manufacture of the Company's equipment are
primarily produced by the Company.  The Company obtains raw materials
(principally steel), component parts that it does not manufacture, most
notably engines and hydraulics, and supplies from third party suppliers.  All
such materials and components used are available from a number of sources. 
The Company is not dependent on any supplier that cannot be readily replaced
and has not experienced difficulty in obtaining necessary purchased materials. 


    In addition to the equipment it manufacturers, the Company markets
equipment acquired from third party suppliers.  Products acquired from these
suppliers accounted for less than 10% of the Company's sales in 1994. 


Research and Development

    The Company attempts to maintain and strengthen its market position
through internal new product development and incremental improvement to
existing products.  Products obtained through acquisition have generally
undergone redesign by the Company to enhance their marketability.  This
redesign was in some cases major.  

    The Company's research and development is devoted to developing new
products that meet specific customer needs and to devising incremental
improvements to existing products.  Research and development performed by the
Company includes the designing and testing of new and improved products as
well as the fabrication of prototypes.  The Company expended approximately
$1.2 million, $1.0 million and $1.7 million on research and development for
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.


Patents and Trademarks

    The Company possesses rights under a number of domestic and foreign
patents and trademarks relating to its products and business.  While the
Company considers the patents and trademarks important in the operation of its
business, including the Gehl[R] name and the group of patents relating to the
Scavenger[R] II manure spreader, the business of the Company is not dependent on
any single patent or trademark or group of patents or trademarks.


Export Sales  

    Information regarding the Company's export sales is included in Note 12 of
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Pages 24 through 25, of the Gehl
Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages are incorporated by
reference herein.


Item 2.  Properties 


    The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31,
1994, relating to the Company's principal manufacturing facilities.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis - Liquidity and Capital Resources,
Capital Expenditures," Page 12, of the Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders, which page is incorporated by reference herein. 

                       Approximate
                        Floor Area
                        in Square    Owned or
                           Feet      Leased(1)         Principal Uses

        West Bend, WI    450,000       Owned    General offices and
                                                engineering, research and
                                                development and manufacture
                                                of products for Gehl
                                                Agriculture

        West Bend, WI     19,000      Leased    Manufacture of products for
                                                Gehl Agriculture

        Madison, SD      110,000      Owned     Manufacture of skid steer
                                                loaders for Gehl Agriculture
                                                and Gehl Construction

        Lebanon, PA      170,000     Owned(2)   Manufacture of products for
                                                Gehl Agriculture

        Yankton, SD       68,000       Owned    Manufacture of products for
                                                Gehl Construction

(1)     For information regarding collateral pledges and the Company's lease
        commitments, see Notes 5 and 10 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
        Statements", included on Pages 20 and 23, of the Gehl Company 1994
        Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages are incorporated by
        reference herein.

(2)     This facility is financed with the proceeds from the sale of
        industrial development bonds maturing in 2010.


    The Company also operates three service parts centers located in: 
    Memphis, Tennessee; Syracuse, New York; and Minneapolis, Minnesota.  The
    Company leases these facilities, except for the Minneapolis center, which
    is owned.


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.        

    The Company is a defendant from time to time in actions for product
liability and other matters arising out of its ordinary business operations. 
The Company believes that the actions presently pending will not have a
material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of
operations.  To the Company's knowledge, there are no material legal
proceedings to which any director, officer, affiliate or more than 5%
shareholder of the Company (or any associate of the foregoing persons) is a
party adverse to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or has a material
interest adverse to the Company or its subsidiaries.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.


    No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter
ended December 31, 1994.
<PAGE>

Executive Officers of the Registrant.

    Set forth below is certain information concerning the executive officers
of the Company as of March 1, 1995:


Name, Age and Position         Business Experience

William D. Gehl, 48,           Mr. Gehl has served as 
     President, Chief          President and Chief Executive
     Executive Officer         Officer of the Company since November, 1992 and
     and Director              has served as a director of the Company since
                               1987.  From January, 1990 until joining the
                               Company, Mr. Gehl served as Executive Vice
                               President, Chief Operating Officer, General
                               Counsel and Secretary of The Ziegler Companies,
                               Inc. (a financial services holding company). 
                               Mr. Gehl held various positions with The
                               Ziegler Companies from 1978 to 1990.


Victor A. Mancinelli, 51       Mr. Mancinelli has served as
     Executive Vice President  Executive Vice President and
     and Chief Operating       Chief Operating Officer of the Company since
     Officer                   November, 1992.  From 1990 to 1992, Mr.
                               Mancinelli served as Group Vice President of W.
                               H. Brady Co.  From 1987 to 1990, Mr. Mancinelli
                               served as President and Chief Operating Officer
                               of Syracuse China Corp., a subsidiary of
                               Canadian Pacific Ltd. Prior to 1987, Mr.
                               Mancinelli served in a variety of management
                               positions with Cummins Engine Company, Inc.


John W. Gehl, 53,              Mr. Gehl has served as Vice
Vice President, International  President, International of the Company since
                               1992.  Mr. Gehl joined the Company in 1962 and
                               has served as a Vice President of the Company
                               since 1977 and in a variety of positions in
                               marketing, manufacturing and strategic  
                               planning.  Mr. Gehl has been a director of the
                               Company since 1974.


Kenneth F. Kaplan, 49,         Mr. Kaplan joined the Company
     Vice President of Finance as Corporate Controller in
     and Treasurer             September, 1985, was elected Treasurer of the
                               Company in April, 1986 and was elected Vice
                               President of Finance and Treasurer in December,
                               1987.


Michael J. Mulcahy, 48,        Mr. Mulcahy has served as
     Vice President, Secretary General Counsel of the Company
     and General Counsel       since 1974 and became Secretary in 1977 and a
                               Vice President in 1986.  Mr. Mulcahy has also
                               served, since 1988, as President of Equipco
                               Insurance Company, Ltd., which provides
                               liability insurance coverage for equipment
                               manufacturers, including the Company.


Richard J. Semler, 55,         Mr. Semler has served in his
     Vice President of         current position with the
     Data Systems              Company since January, 1977.


Kenneth P. Hahn, 37,           Mr. Hahn has served in his
     Corporate Controller      current position since joining the Company in
                               April, 1988.  Mr. Hahn was elected as an
                               executive officer of the Company in April,
                               1994.


     All officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board of
Directors following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  The 1995 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders is currently scheduled for April 27, 1995.  The
Company has employment agreements with William D. Gehl and Victor A.
Mancinelli pursuant to which they are to serve as President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company, respectively, through the expiration of the
agreements on November 23, 1995.  

<PAGE>
                                  PART II   


Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related        
          Shareholder Matters.


     Information required by this item is included on Pages 27 and 28 of the
Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages are hereby
incorporated herein by reference.  As of February 22, 1995, shareholders of 
record numbered 1,131.  This number does not include shareholders who hold 
Gehl Company stock in street name.


Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.  


     Information required by this item is included on Page 26 of the Gehl
Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders, which page is hereby incorporated
herein by reference.  

Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial   
          Condition and Results of Operations. 


     Information required by this item is included on Pages 9 through 13 of
the Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages are hereby
incorporated herein by reference.


Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.


     Information required by this item is included on Page 8 and Pages 14
through 25 of the Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages
are hereby incorporated herein by reference.


Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
          on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.


     There have been no changes in or disagreements with the Company's
accountants regarding accounting and financial disclosure required to be
reported pursuant to this item.  
<PAGE>

                                  PART III  


Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the
          Registrant.      


     Pursuant to Instruction G, the information required by this item with
respect to directors is hereby incorporated herein by reference from the
caption entitled "Election of Directors" set forth in the Company's definitive
Proxy Statement for its 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders ("Proxy
Statement")<F1>.  Information with respect to executive officers of the Company
appears at the end of Part I, Pages 9 and 10 of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.


Item 11.  Executive Compensation.


     Pursuant to Instruction G, the information required by this item is
hereby incorporated herein by reference from the captions entitled "Board of
Directors" and "Executive Compensation" set forth in the Proxy Statement;
provided, however, that the subsection entitled "Executive Compensation -
Report on Executive Compensation" shall not be deemed to be incorporated
herein by reference.  


Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
          Owners and Management.


     Pursuant to Instruction G, the information required by this item is
hereby incorporated by reference herein from the caption "Principal
Shareholders" set forth in the Proxy Statement.


Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.


     There are no relationships or related transactions required to be
reported pursuant to this item.

<F1>
The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Commission pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year.

<PAGE>

                                  PART IV   


Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
          Reports on Form 8-K. 


          (a)  1 and 2.  Financial statements and financial
               statement schedules.   

               Reference is made to the separate index to the Company's
               consolidated financial statements and schedules contained
               on Page 15 hereof.

               3.  Exhibits.

               Reference is made to the separate exhibit index contained
               on Pages 18 through 20 hereof.

          (b)  Reports on Form 8-K. 

               No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Company during
               the quarter ended December 31, 1994.

<PAGE>
                                  SIGNATURES 

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                              GEHL COMPANY 

Date:  March 7, 1995          By /s/ William D. Gehl        
                                   William D. Gehl,  
                                   President and Chief
                                   Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     Signature                Title                   Date 

/s/ William D. Gehl           President, Chief         March 7, 1995
William D. Gehl               Executive Officer and
                              Director (Principal
                              Executive Officer)

/s/ Kenneth F. Kaplan         Vice President of        March 7, 1995
 Kenneth F. Kaplan            Finance and Treasurer
                              (Principal Financial
                              and Accounting Officer)

/s/ John W. Findley           Director                 March 7, 1995
John W. Findley  

/s/ Peter A. Fischer          Director                 March 7, 1995
Peter A. Fischer

/s/ John W. Gehl              Director                 March 7, 1995
John W. Gehl

/s/ Arthur W. Nesbitt         Director                 March 7, 1995
Arthur W. Nesbitt

/s/ Roger E. Secrist          Director                 March 7, 1995
Roger E. Secrist

/s/ Richard G. Sim            Director                 March 7, 1995
Richard G. Sim

<PAGE>

                         GEHL COMPANY

                INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND  

                 FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


                                                          Page(s) in
                                                    Annual Report*

             The following documents are filed as
             part of this report:
             (1)Financial Statements:
               Report of Independent Accountants                     8
               Consolidated Statements of Income
                 for the three years ended
                 December 31, 1994                                  14
               Consolidated Balance Sheets at
                 December 31, 1994 and 1993                         15  
               Consolidated Statements of
                 Shareholders' Equity for the
                 three years ended December 31, 1994                16
               Consolidated Statements of Cash
                 Flows for the three years ended
                 December 31, 1994                                  17
               Notes to Consolidated Financial
                 Statements                                       18-25

          * Incorporated by reference from the indicated pages of the Gehl
          Company 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders.

                                                                  Page in
                                                                Form 10-K
                                                               

             (2)Financial Statement Schedules: 
               Report of Independent Accountants
                on Financial Statement Schedule                     16
               For the three years ended
                 December 31, 1994 --
                   Schedule VIII - Valuation and
                   Qualifying Accounts                              17


          All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable
          or the required information is shown in the financial statements
          or notes thereto.  

<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON

                             FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE


          To the Board of Directors of Gehl Company

          Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to
          in our report dated February 10, 1995 appearing on page 8 of the
          1994 Annual Report to Shareholders of Gehl Company (which report
          and consolidated financial statements are incorporated by
          reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an
          audit of the Financial Statement Schedule listed in Item 14(a) of
          this Form 10-K.  In our opinion, this Financial Statement
          Schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the
          information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the
          related consolidated financial statements.




          PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
          Milwaukee, Wisconsin
          February 10, 1995 

<PAGE>
                            GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                SCHEDULE VIII - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (in thousands)
                                              Additions

                                Balance  Charged   Charged             Balance
                                  at     to Costs to Other             at End
     Period      Description   Beginning   and    Accounts Deductions  of Year
                                of Year  Expenses
  Year Ended
  December 31, Return &
  1992         Allowances       $  115   $  -     $  -        $  -    $  115

               Allowance for
               Doubtful
               Accounts-Trade
               Receivables . .   1,108      137      -           318     927

               Volume
               Discounts . . .   3,673    1,464      -         2,501   2,636
                                ______   ______   ______      ______  ______
               Total            $4,896   $1,601   $  -        $2,819  $3,678
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======  

               Allowances for
               Doubtful
               Accounts -
               Retail
               Contracts . . .  $  804   $1,521   $  -        $1,893  $  432
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======
               Inventory
               Obsolescence
               Reserve          $1,825   $1,491   $  -        $   40  $3,276
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======
  Year Ended
  December 31, Return &
  1993         Allowances       $  115   $  -     $  -        $  -    $  115

               Allowance for
               Doubtful
               Accounts-Trade
               Receivables . .     927    1,473      -           557   1,843

               Volume                          
               Discounts . . .   2,636    2,117      -         2,645   2,108
                                ______   ______   ______      ______  ______
               Total            $3,678   $3,590   $  -        $3,202  $4,066
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======
               Allowances for
               Doubtful
               Accounts -
               Retail                                               
               Contracts . . .  $  432   $  599   $  -        $  381  $  650
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======

               Inventory
               Obsolescence
               Reserve          $3,276   $1,215   $  -        $  610  $3,881
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======
               Income Tax
               Valuation
               Allowance        $  -     $5,881   $  -        $  -    $5,881
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======

  Year Ended
  December 31, Return &
  1994         Allowances       $  115   $   -    $  -        $  -    $  115

               Allowance for
               Doubtful
               Accounts-Trade
               Receivables . .   1,843     (888)     -           316     639

               Volume
               Discounts . . .   2,108    2,200      -         2,318   1,990

               Product
               Discontinuance     -       1,600      -           -     1,600
                                ______   ______   ______      ______  ______  
               Total            $4,066   $2,912   $  -        $2,634  $4,344
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======
               Allowances for
               Doubtful
               Accounts -
               Retail
               Contracts . . .  $  650   $  424   $  -        $  570  $  504
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======

               Inventory
               Obsolescence
               Reserve          $3,881   $1,523   $  -        $1,352  $4,052
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======
               Income Tax
               Valuation
               Allowance        $5,881   $ (900)  $  -        $  509  $4,472
                                ======   ======   ======      ======  ======

<PAGE>

                                 GEHL COMPANY
                              INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Exhibit Number      Document Description

(3.1)               Restated Articles of Incorporation of Gehl Company
                    [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
                    Company's Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 33-
                    31571)]

(3.2)               Amendment to Gehl Company By-laws, dated February 24,
                    1995

(3.3)               By-laws of Gehl Company, as amended

(4.1)               Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and
                    between ITT Commercial Finance Corp. and Gehl Company and
                    its subsidiaries, dated October 1, 1994 

(4.2)               Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of March 5, 1993,
                    from Gehl Company to State of Wisconsin Investment Board
                    [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the
                    Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                    December 31, 1992]

(4.3)               Loan Agreement between Pennsylvania Economic Development
                    Financing Authority and Gehl Company, dated as of
                    September 1, 1990 [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                    4.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                    the quarter ended September 29, 1990]

(4.4)               First Supplemental Loan Agreement between Pennsylvania
                    Economic Development Financing Authority and Gehl
                    Company, dated as of April 23, 1993 [Incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Quarterly
                    Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1993]  

(4.5)               Second Supplemental Loan Agreement between Pennsylvania
                    Economic Development Financing Authority and Gehl
                    Company, dated as of February 1, 1994 [Incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company's Annual Report
                    on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993]

(4.6)               Mortgage and Security Agreement by and between Gehl
                    Company and First Pennsylvania Bank N.A., dated as of
                    September 1, 1990 [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                    4.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                    the quarter ended September 29, 1990]

(10.1)*             Form of Supplemental Retirement Benefit Agreement between
                    Gehl Company and Messrs. J.W. Gehl, Hahn, Kaplan, Mulcahy
                    and Semler [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
                    the Company's Form S-1 Registration Statement (Reg. No.
                    33-31571)]

(10.2)*             Employment Agreement between Gehl Company and William D.
                    Gehl, dated as of December 29, 1992 [Incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report
                    on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993]

(10.3)*             Employment Agreement by and between Victor A. Mancinelli
                    and Gehl Company, dated as of December 29, 1992
                    [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
                    Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                    December 31, 1993]

(10.4)*             Supplemental Retirement Benefit Agreement by and between
                    William D. Gehl and Gehl Company, as amended

(10.5)*             Supplemental Retirement Benefit Agreement by and between
                    Victor A. Mancinelli and Gehl Company, as amended

(10.6)*             Gehl Savings Plan, as amended 

(10.7)*             Gehl Company Retirement Income Plan "B", as amended 

(10.8)*             Gehl Company 1987 Stock Option Plan, as amended
                    [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
                    Company's Form S-8 Registration Statement (Reg. No. 33-
                    38392)]

(10.9)*             Form of Stock Option Agreement used in conjunction with
                    the Gehl Company 1987 Stock Option Plan [Incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form S-8
                    Registration Statement (Reg. No. 33-38392)]

(10.10)             Technical Assistance and License Agreement by and between
                    Gehl Company and Rheiner Maschinenfabrik Windhoff AG,
                    dated as of May 4, 1985, as amended [Incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form S-1
                    Registration Statement (Reg. No. 33-31571)]  

(10.11)             Distributorship Agreement by and between Gehl Company and
                    Gehl GmbH, dated as of April 15, 1985 [Incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Form S-1
                    Registration Statement (Reg. No. 33-31571)]

(10.12)             Trademark Licensing Agreement by and between Gehl Company
                    and Gehl GmbH, dated as of April 15, 1985 [Incorporated
                    by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Form S-1
                    Registration Statement (Reg. No. 33-31571)]

(13)                Portions of the Gehl Company 1994 Annual Report to Share-
                    holders that are incorporated by reference herein

(21)                Subsidiaries of Gehl Company 

(23)                Consent of Price Waterhouse

(27)                Financial Data Schedule

(99)                Proxy Statement for 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
                    (To be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                    under Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the
                    Company's fiscal year; except to the extent incorporated
                    by reference, the Proxy Statement for the 1995 Annual
                    Meeting of Shareholders shall not be deemed to be filed
                    with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of
                    this Annual Report or Form 10-K)
__________________

* A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 


                                    Fourth
                                   Amendment
                                    of the
                               Restated 2/22/91
                                    By-Laws
                                      of
                                 GEHL COMPANY
                           (A Wisconsin Corporation)



Effective immediately, Section 3.01 shall be revised to read as follows:

     "3.01.  General Powers and Number.  All corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the
corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors. 
The number of directors of the corporation shall be eight (8), divided into
three (3) classes:  Class I - three (3) directors; Class II - three (3)
directors; Class III - two (2) directors."





Approved at 02/24/95 Board Meeting 

                                                   (Restated/Approved 2/22//91)
                                                          (As Amended 2/24/95)


                                   BY-LAWS

                                      OF

                                 GEHL COMPANY


                              ARTICLE I.  OFFICES

          1.01.     Principal and Business Offices.  The corporation may have
such principal and other business offices, either within or without the State
of Wisconsin, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of
the corporation may require from time to time.

          1.02.     Registered Office.  The registered office of the
corporation required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be
maintained in the State of Wisconsin may be, but need not be, identical with
the principal office in the State of Wisconsin, and the address of the
registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors. 
The business office of the registered agent of the corporation shall be
identical to such registered office.

                           ARTICLE II.  SHAREHOLDERS

          2.01.     Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of shareholders (the
"Annual Meeting") shall be held each year at 7:00 P.M. (Central Time) on the
last Thursday in April, or at such other time and date as may be fixed by or
under the authority of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing
that number of directors equal to the number of directors in the class whose
term expires at the time of the Annual Meeting and for the transaction of such
other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting in accordance
with Section 2.14 of these by-laws.  If the day fixed for the Annual Meeting
is a legal holiday in the State of Wisconsin, such meeting shall be held on
the next succeeding business day.  In fixing a meeting date for any Annual
Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant
within the good faith exercise of its business judgment.

          2.02.     Special Meetings.

          (a)  A special meeting of shareholders (a "Special Meeting") may be
called only by (i) the President or (ii) the Board of Directors and shall be
called by the President upon the demand, in accordance with this Section 2.02,
of the holders of record of shares representing at least 10% of all the votes
entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special
Meeting.

          (b)  In order that the corporation may determine the shareholders
entitled to demand a Special Meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record
date to determine the shareholders entitled to make such a demand (the "Demand
Record Date"). The Demand Record Date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is adopted by the Board of
Directors and shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the
resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. 
Any shareholder of record seeking to have shareholders demand a Special
Meeting shall, by sending written notice to the Secretary of the corporation
by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, request
the Board of Directors to fix a Demand Record Date.  The Board of Directors
shall promptly, but in all events within 10 days after the date on which a
valid request to fix a Demand Record Date is received, adopt a resolution
fixing the Demand Record Date and shall make a public announcement of such
Demand Record Date.  If no Demand Record Date has been fixed by the Board of  
Directors within 10 days after the date on which such request is received by
the Secretary, the Demand Record Date shall be the 10th day after the first
date on which a valid written request to set a Demand Record Date is received
by the Secretary.  To be valid, such written request shall set forth the
purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held, shall be
signed by one or more shareholders of record (or their duly authorized proxies
or other representatives), shall bear the date of signature of each such
shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and shall set forth all
information about each such shareholder and about the beneficial owner or
owners, if any, on whose behalf the request is made that would be required to
be set forth in a shareholder's notice described in paragraph (a)(ii) of
Section 2.14 of these by-laws.

          (c)  In order for a shareholder or shareholders to demand a Special
Meeting, a written demand or demands for a Special Meeting by the holders of
record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at least 10% of all
the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the
Special Meeting must be delivered to the corporation. To be valid, each
written demand by a shareholder for a Special Meeting shall set forth the
specific purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held
(which purpose or purposes shall be limited to the purpose or purposes set
forth in the written request to set a Demand Record Date received by the
corporation pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02), shall be signed
by one or more persons who as of the Demand Record Date are shareholders of
record (or their duly authorized proxies or other representatives), shall bear
the date of signature of each such shareholder (or proxy or other
representative), and shall set forth the name and address, as they appear in
the corporation's books, of each shareholder signing such demand and the class
and number of shares of the corporation which are owned of record and
beneficially by each such shareholder, shall be sent to the Secretary by hand
or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be
received by the Secretary within 70 days after the Demand Record Date.

          (d)  The corporation shall not be required to call a Special Meeting
upon shareholder demand unless, in addition to the documents required by
paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02, the Secretary receives a written agreement
signed by each Soliciting Shareholder (as defined below), pursuant to which
each Soliciting Shareholder, jointly and severally, agrees to pay the
corporation's costs of holding the Special Meeting, including the costs of
preparing and mailing proxy materials for the corporation's own solicitation,
provided that if each of the resolutions introduced by any Soliciting
Shareholder at such meeting is adopted, and each of the individuals nominated
by or on behalf of any Soliciting Shareholder for election as director at such
meeting is elected, then the Soliciting Shareholders shall not be required to
pay such costs.  For purposes of this paragraph (d), the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below:

                         (i)  "Affiliate" of any Person (as defined
                    herein) shall mean any Person controlling,
                    controlled by or under common control with such
                    first Person.

                         (ii) "Participant" shall have the meaning assigned
                    to such term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the  
                    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
                    "Exchange Act").

                         (iii)     "Person" shall mean any individual,
                    firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
                    association, trust, unincorporated organization or
                    other entity.

                         (iv) "Proxy" shall have the meaning assigned to
                    such term in Rule 14a-1 promulgated under the Exchange
                    Act.

                         (v)  "Solicitation" shall have the meaning
                    assigned to such term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under
                    the Exchange Act.

                         (vi) "Soliciting Shareholder" shall mean, with
                    respect to any Special Meeting demanded by a
                    shareholder or shareholders, any of the following
                    Persons:

                              (A)  if the number of shareholders signing
                         the demand or demands of meeting delivered to the
                         corporation pursuant to paragraph (c) of this
                         Section 2.02 is 10 or fewer, each shareholder
                         signing any such demand;

                              (B)  if the number of shareholders signing
                         the demand or demands of meeting delivered to the
                         corporation pursuant to paragraph (c) of this
                         Section 2.02 is more than 10, each Person who
                         either (I) was a Participant in any Solicitation
                         of such demand or demands or (II) at the time of
                         the delivery to the corporation of the documents
                         described in paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02
                         had engaged or intended to engage in any
                         Solicitation of Proxies for use at such Special
                         Meeting (other than a Solicitation of Proxies on
                         behalf of the corporation); or

                              (C)  any Affiliate of a Soliciting
                         Shareholder, if a majority of the directors then
                         in office determine, reasonably and in good faith,
                         that such Affiliate should be required to sign the
                         written notice described in paragraph (c) of this
                         Section 2.02 and/or the written agreement
                         described in this paragraph (d) in order to
                         prevent the purposes of this Section 2.02 from
                         being evaded.

                    (e)  Except as provided in the following sentence, any
          Special Meeting shall be held at such hour and day as may be
          designated by whichever of the President or the Board of
          Directors shall have called such meeting.  In the case of any  
          Special Meeting called by the President upon the demand of
          shareholders (a "Demand Special Meeting"), such meeting shall be
          held at such hour and day as may be designated by the Board of
          Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Demand Special
          Meeting shall be not more than 70 days after the Meeting Record
          Date (as defined in Section 2.05 hereof); and provided further
          that in the event that the directors then in office fail to
          designate an hour and date for a Demand Special Meeting within 10
          days after the date that valid written demands for such meeting
          by the holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares
          representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on
          each issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting are
          delivered to the corporation (the "Delivery Date"), then such
          meeting shall be held at 2:00 P.M. (Central Time) on the 100th
          day after the Delivery Date or, if such 100th day is not a
          Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business
          Day.  In fixing a meeting date for any Special Meeting, the
          President or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as
          he or it deems relevant within the good faith exercise of his or
          its business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature
          of the action proposed to be taken, the facts and circumstances
          surrounding any demand for such meeting, and any plan of the
          Board of Directors to call an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting
          for the conduct of related business.

                    (f)  The corporation may engage regionally or
          nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act
          as an agent of the corporation for the purpose of promptly
          performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported
          written demand or demands for a Special Meeting received by the
          Secretary.  For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to
          perform such review, no purported demand shall be deemed to have
          been delivered to the corporation until the earlier of (i) 5
          Business Days following receipt by the Secretary of such
          purported demand and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors
          certify to the corporation that the valid demands received by the
          Secretary represent at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be
          cast on each issue proposed to be considered at the Special
          Meeting.  Nothing contained in this paragraph (f) shall in any
          way be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors
          or any shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity
          of any demand, whether during or after such 5 Business Day
          period, or to take any other action (including, without
          limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any
          litigation with respect thereto).

                    (g)  For purposes of these by-laws, "Business Day"
          shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
          which banking institutions in the State of Wisconsin are
          authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

                    2.03.     Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors or 
          the President may designate any place, either within or without
          the State of Wisconsin, as the place of meeting for any Annual
          Meeting or for any Special Meeting, or for any postponement
          thereof.  If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall
          be the principal office of the corporation in the State of
          Wisconsin.  Any meeting may be adjourned to reconvene at any
          place designated by vote of the Board of Directors or by the
          President.

                    2.04.     Notice of Meeting.  Written or printed notice
          stating the place, day and hour of any Annual Meeting or Special
          Meeting shall be delivered not less than 10 days (unless a longer
          period is required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law) nor
          more than 70 days, before the date of such meeting, either
          personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Secretary to
          each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and
          to other shareholders as may be required by the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law.  In the event of any Demand Special
          Meeting, such notice of meeting shall be sent not more than 30
          days after the Delivery Date.  If mailed, notice pursuant to this
          Section 2.04 shall be deemed to be effective when deposited in
          the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his
          address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
          corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Unless otherwise
          required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or the
          restated articles of incorporation, a notice of an Annual Meeting
          need not include a description of the purpose for which the
          meeting is called.  In the case of any Special Meeting, (a) the
          notice of meeting shall describe any business that the Board of
          Directors shall have theretofore determined to bring before the
          meeting and (b) in the case of a Demand Special Meeting, the
          notice of meeting (i) shall describe any business set forth in
          the statement of purpose of the demands received by the
          corporation in accordance with Section 2.02 of these by-laws and
          (ii) shall contain all of the information required in the notice
          received by the corporation in accordance with Section 2.14(b) of
          these by-laws.  If an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting is
          adjourned to a different date, time or place, the corporation
          shall not be required to give notice of the new date, time or
          place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting
          before adjournment; provided, however, that if a new Meeting
          Record Date for an adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, the
          corporation shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to persons
          who are shareholders as of the new Meeting Record Date.

                    2.05.     Fixing of Record Date.  The Board of
          Directors may fix a future date not less than 10 days and not
          more than 70 days prior to the date of any Annual Meeting or
          Special Meeting as the record date for the determination of
          shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, such meeting
          (the "Meeting Record Date").  In the case of any Demand Special
          Meeting, (i) the Meeting Record Date shall be not later than the
          30th day after the Delivery Date and (ii) if the Board of
          Directors fails to fix the Meeting Record Date within 30 days  
          after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on such 30th
          day shall be the Meeting Record Date.  The shareholders of record
          on the Meeting Record Date shall be the shareholders entitled to
          notice of and to vote at the meeting.  Except as provided by the
          Wisconsin Business Corporation Law for a court-ordered
          adjournment, a determination of shareholders entitled to notice
          of or to vote at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting is
          effective for any adjournment of such meeting unless the Board of
          Directors fixes a new Meeting Record Date, which it shall do if
          the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the
          date fixed for the original meeting.  The Board of Directors may
          also fix a future date as the record date for the purpose of
          determining shareholders entitled to take any other action or
          determining shareholders for any other purpose. Such record date
          shall be not more than 70 days prior to the date on which the
          particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders,
          is to be taken.  The record date for determining shareholders
          entitled to a distribution (other than a distribution involving a
          purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the corporation's
          shares) or a share dividend is the date on which the Board of
          Directors authorizes the distribution or share dividend, as the
          case may be, unless the Board of Directors fixes a different
          record date.

                    2.06.     Voting Lists.  After a Meeting Record Date
          has been fixed, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names
          of all of the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting. 
          The list shall be arranged by class or series of shares, if any,
          and show the address of and number of shares held by each
          shareholder.  Such list shall be available for inspection by any
          shareholder, beginning two business days after notice of the
          meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing
          to the date of the meeting, at the corporation's principal office
          or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where
          the meeting will be held.  A shareholder or his or her agent may,
          on written demand, inspect and, subject to the limitations
          imposed by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, copy the list,
          during regular business hours and at his or her expense, during
          the period that it is available for inspection pursuant to this
          Section 2.06.  The corporation shall make the shareholders' list
          available at the meeting and any shareholder or his or her agent
          or attorney may inspect the list at any time during the meeting
          or any adjournment thereof.  Refusal or failure to prepare or
          make available the shareholders' list shall not affect the
          validity of any action taken at an Annual Meeting or Special
          Meeting.

                    2.07.     Quorum and Voting Requirements;
          Postponements; Adjournments.

                    (a)  Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group
          may take action on a matter at any Annual Meeting or Special
          Meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists with respect to
          that matter.  If the corporation has only one class of stock  
          outstanding, such class shall constitute a separate voting group
          for purposes of this Section 2.07.  Except as otherwise provided
          in the restated articles of incorporation or the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law, a majority of the votes entitled to be
          cast on the matter shall constitute a quorum of the voting group
          for action on that matter.  Once a share is represented for any
          purpose at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, other than for
          the purpose of objecting to holding the meeting or transacting
          business at the meeting, it is considered present for purposes of
          determining whether a quorum exists for the remainder of the
          meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new
          Meeting Record Date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. 
          If a quorum exists, except in the case of the election of
          directors, action on a matter shall be approved if the votes cast
          within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast
          opposing the action, unless the restated articles of
          incorporation, these by-laws or the Wisconsin Business
          Corporation Law requires a greater number of affirmative votes. 
          Unless otherwise provided in the restated articles of
          incorporation, each director shall be elected by a plurality of
          the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election of
          directors at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting at which a
          quorum is present.

                    (b)  The Board of Directors acting by resolution may
          postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting
          or Special Meeting; provided, however, that a Demand Special
          Meeting shall not be postponed beyond the 100th day following the
          Delivery Date.  Any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting may be
          adjourned from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum,
          (i) at any time, upon a resolution of shareholders if the votes
          cast in favor of such resolution by the holders of shares of each
          voting group entitled to vote on any matter theretofore properly
          brought before the meeting exceed the number of votes cast
          against such resolution by the holders of shares of each such
          voting group or (ii) at any time prior to the transaction of any
          business at such meeting, by the President or pursuant to a
          resolution of the Board of Directors.  No notice of the time and
          place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by
          the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.  At any adjourned meeting
          at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business
          may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting
          as originally notified.

                    2.08.     Conduct of Meetings.  The President, and in
          his absence a Vice-President in the order provided under Section
          4.06, and in their absence, any person chosen by the shareholders
          present shall call any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to order
          and shall act as chairman of such meeting, and the Secretary of
          the corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the
          shareholders, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding
          officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of the
          meeting.  

                    2.09.     Proxies.  At any Annual Meeting or Special
          Meeting, a shareholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by
          proxy.  A shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise
          act for the shareholder by signing an appointment form, either
          personally or by his attorney-in-fact.  An appointment of a proxy
          is effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or
          agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes.  An
          appointment is valid for 11 months from the date of its signing
          unless a different period is expressly provided in the
          appointment form.  Unless otherwise provided in the proxy, a
          proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted, either by
          written notice filed with the Secretary or the acting secretary
          of the meeting or by oral notice given by the shareholder to the
          presiding officer during the meeting.  The presence of a
          shareholder who has filed his proxy shall not of itself
          constitute a revocation.

                    2.10.     Voting of Shares.  Each outstanding share
          shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a
          vote at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, except to the
          extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or
          classes are enlarged, limited or denied by the Wisconsin Business
          Corporation Law or by the restated articles of incorporation.

                    2.11.     Acceptance of Instruments Showing Shareholder
          Action.  If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy
          appointment corresponds to the name of the shareholder, the
          corporation, if acting in good faith, may accept the vote,
          consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the
          act of a shareholder.  If the name signed on a vote, consent,
          waiver or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of a
          shareholder, the corporation may accept the vote, consent, waiver
          or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the
          shareholder if any of the following apply:

                    (a)  The shareholder is an entity and the name signed
          purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity.

                    (b)  The name purports to be that of a personal
          representative, administrator, executor, guardian or conservator
          representing the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
          evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation is
          presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy
          appointment.

                    (c)  The name signed purports to be that of a receiver
          or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the
          corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the
          corporation is presented with respect to the vote, consent,
          waiver or proxy appointment.

                    (d)  The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
          beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if
          the corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation  
          of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder is
          presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy
          appointment.

                    (e)  Two or more persons are the shareholder as
          co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the
          name of at least one of the co-owners and the person signing
          appears to be acting on behalf of all co-owners.

                    The corporation may reject a vote, consent, waiver or
          proxy appointment if the Secretary or other officer or agent of
          the corporation who is authorized to tabulate votes, acting in
          good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of
          the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign
          for the shareholder.

                    2.12.     Waiver of Notice by Shareholders.  A
          shareholder may waive any notice required by the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law, the restated articles of incorporation
          or these by-laws before or after the date and time stated in the
          notice.  The waiver shall be in writing and signed by the
          shareholder entitled to the notice, contain the same information
          that would have been required in the notice under applicable
          provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (except that
          the time and place of meeting need not be stated) and be
          delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the corporate
          records.  A shareholder's attendance at any Annual Meeting or
          Special Meeting, in person or by proxy, waives objection to all
          of the following:  (a) lack of notice or defective notice of the
          meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting
          or promptly upon arrival objects to holding the meeting or
          transacting business at the meeting; and (b) consideration of a
          particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose
          described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects
          to considering the matter when it is presented.

                    2.13.     Unanimous Consent without Meeting.  Any
          action required or permitted by the restated articles of
          incorporation or these by-laws or any provision of the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law to be taken at an Annual Meeting or
          Special Meeting, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in
          writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
          all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the
          subject matter thereof.

                    2.14.     Notice of Shareholder Business and Nomination
          of Directors. 

                    (a)  Annual Meetings.

                    (i)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board
               of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business
               to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an
               Annual Meeting (A) pursuant to the corporation's notice of  
               meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of
               Directors or (C) by any shareholder of the corporation who
               is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice
               provided for in this by-law and who is entitled to vote at
               the meeting and complies with the notice procedures set
               forth in this Section 2.14.

                    (ii) For nominations or other business to be properly
               brought before an Annual Meeting by a shareholder pursuant
               to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.14, the
               shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing
               to the Secretary of the corporation.  To be timely, a
               shareholder's notice shall be received by the Secretary of
               the corporation at the principal office of the corporation
               not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the
               last Thursday in the month of April; provided, however, that
               in the event that the date of the Annual Meeting is advanced
               by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from
               the last Thursday in the month of April, notice by the
               shareholder to be timely must be so received not earlier
               than the 90th day prior to the date of such Annual Meeting
               and not later than the close of business on the later of (x)
               the 60th day prior to such Annual Meeting and (y) the 10th
               day following the day on which public announcement of the
               date of such meeting is first made.  Such shareholder's
               notice shall be signed by the shareholder of record who
               intends to make the nomination or introduce the other
               business (or his duly authorized proxy or other
               representative), shall bear the date of signature of such
               shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and shall set
               forth:  (A) the name and address, as they appear on the
               corporation's books, of such shareholder and the beneficial
               owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or
               proposal is made; (B) the class and number of shares of the
               corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder
               or beneficial owner or owners; (C) a representation that
               such shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the
               corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to
               appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make the
               nomination or introduce the other business specified in the
               notice; (D) in the case of any proposed nomination for
               election or re-election as a director, (I) the name and
               residence address of the person or persons to be nominated,
               (II) a description of all arrangements or understandings
               between such shareholder or beneficial owner or owners and
               each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such
               person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination is to be
               made by such shareholder, (III) such other information
               regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would
               be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
               elections of directors, or would be otherwise required to be
               disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the
               Exchange Act, including any information that would be
               required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant  
               to Regulation 14A had the nominee been nominated by the
               Board of Directors and (IV) the written consent of each
               nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a
               director of the corporation if so elected; and (E) in the
               case of any other business that such shareholder proposes to
               bring before the meeting, (I) a brief description of the
               business desired to be brought before the meeting and, if
               such business includes a proposal to amend these by-laws,
               the language of the proposed amendment, (II) such
               shareholder's and beneficial owner's or owners' reasons for
               conducting such business at the meeting and (III) any
               material interest in such business of such shareholder and
               beneficial owner or owners.

                    (iii)     Notwithstanding anything in the second
               sentence of paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.14 to the
               contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be
               elected to the Board of Directors of the corporation is
               increased and there is no public announcement naming all of
               the nominees for director or specifying the size of the
               increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at
               least 70 days prior to the last Thursday in the month of
               April, a shareholder's notice required by this Section 2.14
               shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to
               nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if
               it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal
               office of the corporation not later than the close of
               business on the 10th day following the day on which such
               public announcement is first made by the corporation.

                    (b)  Special Meetings.  Only such business shall be
          conducted at a Special Meeting as shall have been described in
          the notice of meeting sent to shareholders pursuant to Section
          2.04 of these by-laws.  Nominations of persons for election to
          the Board of Directors may be made at a Special Meeting at which
          directors are to be elected pursuant to such notice of meeting
          (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by
          any shareholder of the corporation who (A) is a shareholder of
          record at the time of giving of such notice of meeting, (B) is
          entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice
          procedures set forth in this Section 2.14.  Any shareholder
          desiring to nominate persons for election to the Board of
          Directors at such a Special Meeting shall cause a written notice
          to be received by the Secretary of the corporation at the
          principal office of the corporation not earlier than 90 days
          prior to such Special Meeting and not later than the close of
          business on the later of (x) the 60th day prior to such Special
          Meeting and (y) the 10th day following the day on which public
          announcement is first made of the date of such Special Meeting
          and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be
          elected at such meeting.  Such written notice shall be signed by
          the shareholder of record who intends to make the nomination (or
          his duly authorized proxy or other representative), shall bear
          the date of signature of such shareholder (or proxy or other 
          representative) and shall set forth:  (A) the name and address,
          as they appear on the corporation's books, of such shareholder
          and the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the
          nomination is made; (B) the class and number of shares of the
          corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder or
          beneficial owner or owners; (C) a representation that such
          shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation
          entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person
          or by proxy at the meeting to make the nomination specified in
          the notice; (D) the name and residence address of the person or
          persons to be nominated; (E) a description of all arrangements or
          understandings between such shareholder or beneficial owner or
          owners and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming
          such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination is to be
          made by such shareholder; (F) such other information regarding
          each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to
          be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of
          directors, or would be otherwise required to be disclosed, in
          each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act,
          including any information that would be required to be included
          in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the
          nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors; and (G) the
          written consent of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement
          and to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected.

                    (c)  General.

                    (i)  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with
               the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 shall be
               eligible to serve as directors.  Only such business shall be
               conducted at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as shall
               have been brought before such meeting in accordance with the
               procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. The chairman of
               the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine
               whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought
               before the meeting was made in accordance with the
               procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 and, if any
               proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with
               this Section 2.14, to declare that such defective proposal
               shall be disregarded.

                    (ii) For purposes of this Section 2.14, "public
               announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release
               reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or
               comparable national news service or in a document publicly
               filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange
               Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the
               Exchange Act.

                    (iii)     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
               this Section 2.14, a shareholder shall also comply with all
               applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules
               and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set
               forth in this Section 2.14.  Nothing in this Section 2.14  
               shall be deemed to limit the corporation's obligation to
               include shareholder proposals in its proxy statement if such
               inclusion is required by Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

                           ARTICLE III.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                    3.01.     General Powers and Number.  All corporate
          powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the
          business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under
          the direction of its Board of Directors.  The number of directors
          of the corporation shall be eight (8), divided into three (3)
          classes:  Class I - three (3) directors; Class II - three (3)
          directors; Class III - two (2) directors.

                    3.02.     Term and Qualifications.  At each Annual
          Meeting the successors to the class of directors whose terms
          shall expire at the time of such Annual Meeting shall be elected
          to hold office until the third succeeding Annual Meeting of
          shareholders, and until their successors are duly elected and
          qualified.  A director may resign at any time by delivering
          written notice which complies with the Wisconsin Business
          Corporation Law to the Chairman of the Board or to the
          corporation. Directors need not be residents of the State of
          Wisconsin or shareholders of the corporation.

                    3.03.     Nominations.  Nominations for the election of
          directors may only be made in accordance with the requirements of
          Section 2.14 hereof, which requirements are hereby incorporated
          by reference in this Section 3.03.

                    3.04.     Regular Meetings.  A regular meeting of the
          Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this
          by-law immediately after the Annual Meeting, and each adjourned
          session thereof.  The place of such regular meeting shall be the
          same as the place of the Annual Meeting which precedes it, or
          such other suitable place as may be announced at such Annual
          Meeting.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the
          time and place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin,
          for the holding of additional regular meetings without other
          notice than such resolution.

                    3.05.     Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the
          Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the
          President, Secretary or any two directors.  The President or
          Secretary may fix any place, either within or without the State
          of Wisconsin, as the place for holding any special meeting of the
          Board of Directors, and if no other place is fixed, the place of
          meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the
          State of Wisconsin.

                    3.06.     Notice; Waiver.  Notice of each meeting of  
          the Board of Directors (unless otherwise provided in or pursuant
          to Section 3.04) shall be given by written notice delivered or
          communicated in person, by telegram, facsimile or other form of
          wire or wireless communication, or by mail or private carrier, to
          each director at his business address or at such other address as
          such director shall have designated in writing filed with the
          Secretary, in each case not less than 48 hours prior to the time
          of the meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be
          effective when deposited in the United States mail so addressed,
          with postage thereon prepaid.  If notice be given by telegram,
          such notice shall be deemed to be effective when the telegram is
          delivered to the telegraph company.  If notice is given by
          private carrier, such notice shall be deemed to be effective when
          the notice is delivered to the private carrier.  Whenever any
          notice whatever is required to be given to any director of the
          corporation under the restated articles of incorporation or these
          by-laws or any provision of the Wisconsin Business Corporation
          Law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether
          before or after the time of meeting, by the director entitled to
          such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
          notice. The corporation shall retain any such waiver as part of
          the permanent corporate records.  A director's attendance at or
          participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him of
          the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting
          or promptly upon his arrival objects to holding the meeting or
          transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote
          for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Neither the
          business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or
          special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in
          the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

                    3.07.     Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by the
          Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or by the restated articles of
          incorporation or these by-laws, a majority of the number of
          directors set forth in Section 3.01 shall constitute a quorum for
          the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of
          Directors, but a majority of the directors present (though less
          than such quorum) may adjourn the meeting from time to time
          without further notice.

                    3.08.     Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of
          the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
          shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a
          greater number is required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
          Law or by the restated articles of incorporation or these
          by-laws.

                    3.09.     Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of the
          Board, and in his absence, the President, and in his absence, a
          Vice-President in the order provided under Section 4.06, and in
          their absence, any director chosen by the directors present,
          shall call meetings of the Board of Directors to order and shall
          act as chairman of the meeting.  The Secretary of the corporation
          shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors,  
          but in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may
          appoint any Assistant Secretary or any director or any other
          person present to act as secretary of the meeting. Minutes of any
          regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
          prepared and distributed to each director.

                    3.10.     Compensation.  The Board of Directors, by
          affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office,
          and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members,
          may establish reasonable compensation of all directors for
          services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise,
          or may delegate such authority to an appropriate committee.  The
          Board of Directors also shall have authority to provide for or to
          delegate authority to an appropriate committee to provide for
          reasonable pensions, disability or death benefits, and other
          benefits or payments, to directors, officers and employees and to
          their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries on account
          of prior services rendered by such directors, officers and
          employees to the corporation.

                    3.11.     Presumption of Assent.  A director of the
          corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors
          or a committee thereof of which he is a member at which action on
          any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented
          to the action taken unless any of the following occurs:  (a) the
          director objects at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon
          his arrival to holding the meeting or transacting business at the
          meeting; (b) the director's dissent or abstention from the action
          taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (c) the
          director delivers written notice that complies with the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law of his dissent or abstention to the
          presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the
          corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  Such
          right to dissent or abstain shall not apply to a director who
          voted in favor of such action.

                    3.12.     Committees.  The Board of Directors by
          resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
          number of directors set forth in Section 3.01 may create one or
          more committees, appoint members of the Board of Directors to
          serve on the committees and designate other members of the Board
          of Directors to serve as alternates.  Alternate members of a
          committee shall take the place of any absent member or members at
          any meeting of such committee upon request of the President or
          upon request of the chairman of such meeting. Each committee
          shall have two or more members who shall, unless otherwise
          provided by the Board of Directors, serve at the pleasure of the
          Board of Directors.  A committee may be authorized to exercise
          the authority of the Board of Directors, except that a committee
          may not do any of the following:  (a) authorize distributions;
          (b) approve or propose to shareholders action that the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law requires to be approved by shareholders;
          (c) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or, unless the Board
          of Directors provides by resolution that vacancies on a committee  
          shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the remaining
          committee members, on any Board committee; (d) amend the
          corporation's restated articles of incorporation; (e) adopt,
          amend or repeal by-laws; (f) approve a plan of merger not
          requiring shareholder approval; (g) authorize or approve
          reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method
          prescribed by the Board of Directors; and (h) authorize or
          approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or
          determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and
          limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board
          of Directors may authorize a committee to do so within limits
          prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise provided
          by the Board of Directors in creating the committee, a committee
          may employ counsel, accountants and other consultants to assist
          it in the exercise of its authority.

                    3.13.     Telephonic Meetings.  Except as herein
          provided and notwithstanding any place set forth in the notice of
          the meeting or these by-laws, members of the Board of Directors
          (and any committee thereof) may participate in regular or special
          meetings by, or through the use of, any means of communication by
          which all participants may simultaneously hear each other, such
          as by conference telephone.  If a meeting is conducted by such
          means, then at the commencement of such meeting the presiding
          officer shall inform the participating directors that a meeting
          is taking place at which official business may be transacted. 
          Any participant in a meeting by such means shall be deemed
          present in person at such meeting.  If action is to be taken at
          any meeting held by such means on any of the following:  (a) a
          plan of merger or share exchange; (b) a sale, lease, exchange or
          other disposition of substantial property or assets of the
          corporation; (c) a voluntary dissolution or the revocation of
          voluntary dissolution proceedings; or (d) a filing for
          bankruptcy, then the identity of each director participating in
          such meeting must be verified by the disclosure at such meeting
          by each such director of each such director's social security
          number to the secretary of the meeting before a vote may be taken
          on any of the foregoing matters.  For purposes of the preceding
          clause (b), the phrase "sale, lease, exchange or other
          disposition of substantial property or assets" shall mean any
          sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property or assets
          of the corporation having a net book value equal to 10% or more
          of the net book value of the total assets of the corporation on
          and as of the close of the fiscal year last ended prior to the
          date of such meeting and as to which financial statements of the
          corporation have been prepared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
          action may be taken at any meeting held by such means on any
          particular matter which the presiding officer determines, in his
          sole discretion, to be inappropriate under the circumstances for
          action at a meeting held by such means.  Such determination shall
          be made and announced in advance of such meeting.

                    3.14.     Unanimous Consent without Meeting.  Any  
          action required or permitted by the restated articles of
          incorporation or these by-laws or any provision of the Wisconsin
          Business Corporation Law to be taken by the Board of Directors
          (or any committee thereof) at a meeting may be taken without a
          meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
          taken, shall be signed by all members of the Board of Directors
          or of the committee, as the case may be, then in office.  Such
          action shall be effective when the last director or committee
          member signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a
          different effective date.

                                ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS

                    4.01.     Number.  The principal officers of the
          corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, such
          number of Vice-Presidents as the Board of Directors shall elect
          from time to time by affirmative vote of a majority of the number
          of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is in
          attendance, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be
          elected by the Board of Directors.  Such other officers and
          assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or
          appointed by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may
          also authorize any duly appointed officer to appoint one or more
          officers or assistant officers.  Any two or more offices may be
          held by the same person.

                    4.02.     Election and Term of Office.  The officers of
          the corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be
          elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting
          of the Board of Directors held after each Annual Meeting.  If the
          election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such
          election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. 
          Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have
          been duly elected or until his prior death, resignation or
          removal.

                    4.03.     Removal; Vacancies.  The Board of Directors
          may remove any officer and, unless restricted by the Board of
          Directors or these by-laws, an officer may remove any officer or
          assistant officer appointed by that officer, at any time, with or
          without cause and notwithstanding the contract rights, if any, of
          the officer removed.  Election or appointment shall not of itself
          create contract rights.  An officer may resign at any time by
          delivering notice to the corporation that complies with the
          Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.  The resignation shall be
          effective when the notice is delivered, unless the notice
          specifies a later effective date and the corporation accepts the
          later effective date.  A vacancy in any principal office because
          of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise,
          shall be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired
          portion of the term.  If a resignation of an officer is effective
          at a later date as contemplated by this Section 4.03, the Board
          of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective  
          date if the Board provides that the successor may not take office
          until the effective date.

                    4.04.     Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the
          Board shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the Board
          of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be
          prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

                    4.05.     President.  The President shall be the
          principal executive officer of the corporation and, subject to
          the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise
          and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation.
          He shall, when present, preside at all Annual Meetings and
          Special Meetings.  He shall have authority, subject to such rules
          as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to appoint such
          agents and employees of the corporation as he shall deem
          necessary, to prescribe their powers, duties and compensation,
          and to delegate authority to them.  Such agents and employees
          shall hold office at the discretion of the President.  He shall
          have authority to sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the
          corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, stock certificates,
          contracts, leases, reports and all other documents or instruments
          necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the
          corporation's regular business, or which shall be authorized by
          resolution of the Board of Directors; and, except as otherwise
          provided by law or the Board of Directors, he may authorize any
          Vice-President or other officer or agent of the corporation to
          sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in
          his place and stead.  In general he shall perform all duties
          incident to the office of the President and such other duties as
          may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

                    4.06.     The Vice-Presidents.  In the absence of the
          President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to
          act, or in the event for any reason it shall be impracticable for
          the President to act personally, the Vice-President (or in the
          event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents
          in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the
          absence of any designation, then in the order of their election)
          shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting,
          shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
          restrictions upon the President.  Any Vice-President may sign,
          with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for
          shares of the corporation; and shall perform such other duties
          and have such authority as from time to time may be delegated or
          assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. 
          The execution of any instrument of the corporation by any
          Vice-President shall be conclusive evidence, as to third parties,
          of his authority to act in the stead of the President.

                    4.07.     The Secretary.  The Secretary shall:  (a)  
          keep the minutes of all Annual Meetings and Special Meetings and
          all meetings of the Board of Directors in one or more books
          provided for that purpose (including records of actions taken
          without a meeting); (b) see that all notices are duly given in
          accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by
          the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law; (c) be custodian of the
          corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that
          the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents the
          execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is
          duly authorized; (d) maintain a record of the shareholders of the
          corporation, in the form that permits preparation of a list of
          the names and addresses of all shareholders, by class or series
          of shares and showing the number and class or series of shares
          held by each shareholder; (e) sign with the President, or a
          Vice-President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the
          issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the
          Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer
          books of the corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties
          incident to the office of Secretary and have such other duties
          and exercise such authority as from time to time may be delegated
          or assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

                    4.08.     The Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall:  (a)
          have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and
          securities of the corporation; (b) maintain appropriate
          accounting records; (c) receive and give receipts for moneys due
          and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and
          deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such
          banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected
          in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04; and (d) in
          general perform all of the duties incident to the office of
          Treasurer and have such other duties and exercise such other
          authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to
          him by the President or by the Board of Directors. If required by
          the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the
          faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety
          or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

                    4.09.     Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
          Treasurers.  There shall be such number of Assistant Secretaries
          and Assistant Treasurers as the Board of Directors may from time
          to time authorize.  The Assistant Secretaries may sign with the
          President or a Vice-President certificates for shares of the
          corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a
          resolution of the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurers
          shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give
          bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and
          with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. 
          The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general,
          shall perform such duties and have such authority as shall from
          time to time be delegated or assigned to them by the Secretary or
          the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President or the Board of
          Directors.  

                    4.10.     Other Assistants and Acting Officers.  The
          Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint, or to
          authorize any duly appointed officer of the corporation to
          appoint, any person to act as assistant to any officer, or as
          agent for the corporation in his stead, or to perform the duties
          of such officer whenever for any reason it is impracticable for
          such officer to act personally, and such assistant or acting
          officer or other agent so appointed by the Board of Directors or
          the appointing officer shall have the power to perform all duties
          of the office to which he is so appointed to be assistant, or as
          to which he is so appointed to act, except as such power may be
          otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors or the
          appointing officer.

                    4.11.     Salaries.  The salaries of the principal
          officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
          Directors or by a duly authorized committee thereof, and no
          officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason
          of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

             ARTICLE V.  CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS; SPECIAL 
                         CORPORATE ACTS

                    5.01.     Contracts.  The Board of Directors may
          authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into
          any contract or execute or deliver any instrument in the name of
          and on behalf of the corporation, and such authorization may be
          general or confined to specific instances. In the absence of
          other designation, all deeds, mortgages and instruments of
          assignment or pledge made by the corporation shall be executed in
          the name of the corporation by the President or one of the
          Vice-Presidents and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the
          Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; the Secretary or an
          Assistant Secretary, when necessary or required, shall affix the
          corporate seal thereto; and when so executed no other party to
          such instrument or any third party shall be required to make any
          inquiry into the authority of the signing officer or officers.

                    5.02.     Loans.  No indebtedness for borrowed money
          shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences
          of such indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
          authorized by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board
          of Directors.  Such authorization may be general or confined to
          specific instances.

                    5.03.     Checks, Drafts, etc.  All checks, drafts or
          other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences
          of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be
          signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
          corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be
          determined by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board
          of Directors.

                    5.04.     Deposits.  All funds of the corporation not  
          otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the
          credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other
          depositaries as may be selected by or under the authority of a
          resolution of the Board of Directors.

                    5.05.     Voting of Securities Owned by this
          Corporation.  Subject always to the specific directions of the
          Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by
          any other corporation and owned or controlled by this corporation
          may be voted at any meeting of security holders of such other
          corporation by the President of this corporation if he be
          present, or in his absence by any Vice-President of this
          corporation who may be present, and (b) whenever, in the judgment
          of the President, or in his absence, of any Vice-President, it is
          desirable for this corporation to execute a proxy or written
          consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by
          any other corporation and owned by this corporation, such proxy
          or consent shall be executed in the name of this corporation by
          the President or one of the Vice-Presidents of this corporation,
          without necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors,
          affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation
          by another officer.  Any person or persons designated in the
          manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this corporation
          shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or
          other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by
          this corporation the same as such shares or other securities
          might be voted by this corporation.

                    5.06.     No Nominee Procedures.  The corporation has
          not established, and nothing in these by-laws shall be deemed to
          establish, any procedure by which a beneficial owner of the
          corporation's shares that are registered in the name of a nominee
          is recognized by the corporation as the shareholder under Section
          180.0723 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.

               ARTICLE VI.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

                    6.01.     Certificates for Shares.  Certificates
          representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form,
          consistent with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, as shall
          be determined by the Board of Directors.  Such certificates shall
          be signed by the President or a Vice-President and by the
          Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  All certificates for shares
          shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  The
          name and address of the person to whom the shares represented
          thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue,
          shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. 
          All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer
          shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until
          the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have
          been surrendered and cancelled, except as provided in Section
          6.06.

                    6.02.     Facsimile Signatures and Seal.  The seal of  
          the corporation on any certificates for shares may be a
          facsimile.  The signatures of the President or Vice-President and
          the Secretary or Assistant Secretary upon a certificate may be
          facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer
          agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation
          itself or an employee of the corporation.

                    6.03.     Signature by Former Officers.  In case any
          officer, who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
          placed upon any certificate for shares, shall have ceased to be
          such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued
          by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such
          officer at the date of its issue.

                    6.04.     Transfer of Shares.  Prior to due presentment
          of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer the
          corporation may treat the registered owner of such shares as the
          person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and
          otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. 
          Where a certificate for shares is presented to the corporation
          with a request to register for transfer, the corporation shall
          not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as
          a result of such registration of transfer if (a) there were on or
          with the certificate the necessary endorsements, and (b) the
          corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has
          discharged any such duty.  The corporation may require reasonable
          assurance that said endorsements are genuine and effective and
          compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed under
          the authority of the Board of Directors.

                    6.05.     Restrictions on Transfer.  The face or
          reverse side of each certificate representing shares shall bear a
          conspicuous notation of any restriction imposed by the
          corporation upon the transfer of such shares.

                    6.06.     Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates. Where
          the owner claims that his certificate for shares has been lost,
          destroyed or wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued
          in place thereof if the owner (a) so requests before the
          corporation has notice that such shares have been acquired by a
          bona fide purchaser, and (b) files with the corporation a
          sufficient indemnity bond, and (c) satisfies such other
          reasonable requirements as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

                    6.07.     Consideration for Shares.  The Board of
          Directors may authorize shares to be issued for consideration
          consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to
          the corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services
          performed, contracts for services to be performed or other
          securities of the corporation.  Before the corporation issues
          shares, the Board of Directors shall determine that the
          consideration received or to be received for the shares to be
          issued is adequate.  In the absence of a resolution adopted by
          the Board of Directors expressly determining that the  
          consideration received or to be received is adequate, Board
          approval of the issuance of the shares shall be deemed to
          constitute such a determination.  The determination of the Board
          of Directors is conclusive insofar as the adequacy of
          consideration for the issuance of shares relates to whether the
          shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The
          corporation may place in escrow shares issued in whole or in part
          for a contract for future services or benefits, a promissory
          note, or other property to be issued in the future, or make other
          arrangements to restrict the transfer of the shares, and may
          credit distributions in respect of the shares against their
          purchase price, until the services are performed, the benefits or
          property are received or the promissory note is paid.  If the
          services are not performed, the benefits or property are not
          received or the promissory note is not paid, the corporation may
          cancel, in whole or in part, the shares escrowed or restricted
          and the distributions credited.

                    6.08.     Stock Regulations.  The Board of Directors
          shall have the power and authority to make all such further rules
          and regulations not inconsistent with the statutes of the State
          of Wisconsin as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
          transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of
          the corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VII.  SEAL

                    7.01.     The Board of Directors shall provide a
          corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have
          inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the state of
          incorporation and the words, "Corporate Seal."

                              ARTICLE VIII.  AMENDMENTS

                    8.01.     By Shareholders.  The affirmative vote of
          shareholders possessing at least seventy-five percent of the
          voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes of
          stock of the corporation generally possessing voting rights in
          elections of directors, considered for this purpose as one class,
          shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or to adopt
          any provision inconsistent with, Sections 2.01 to 2.05 inclusive
          of Article II of these by-laws, Sections 8.01 to 8.03 inclusive
          of Article VIII of these by-laws and Sections 9.01 to 9.11
          inclusive of Article IX of these by-laws.  Subject to the
          foregoing and except as otherwise provided in the restated
          articles of incorporation of the corporation, the by-laws of this
          corporation may be altered, amended, changed or repealed by the
          affirmative vote of shareholders possessing at least a majority
          of the voting power of the shares of all classes of stock of the
          corporation generally possessing voting rights in elections of
          directors considered for this purpose as one class, which are
          present or represented at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting
          at which a quorum is present.  

                    8.02.     By Directors.  A Requisite Vote (as defined
          herein) of the directors shall be required to alter, amend,
          change or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with,
          Sections 2.01 to 2.05 inclusive, Section 2.07 and Section 2.14 of
          Article II of these by-laws, Sections 8.01 to 8.03 inclusive of
          Article VIII of these by-laws and Sections 9.01 to 9.11 inclusive
          of Article IX of these by-laws.  For purposes of this Section
          8.02, "Requisite Vote" shall mean the affirmative vote of at
          least two-thirds of the directors then in office plus one
          director.  Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise
          provided in the restated articles of incorporation of the
          corporation, the by-laws of this corporation may be altered,
          amended, changed or repealed by the Board of Directors by the
          affirmative vote of a majority of the number of directors present
          at any meeting at which a quorum is present; provided, however,
          that the shareholders in altering, adopting, amending, changing
          or repealing a particular by-law may provide therein that the
          Board of Directors may not amend, repeal or readopt that by-law.

                    8.03.     Implied Amendments.  Any action taken or
          authorized by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors,
          which would be inconsistent with the by-laws then in effect but
          is taken or authorized by affirmative vote of not less than the
          number of votes or the number of directors required to amend the
          by-laws so that the by-laws would be consistent with such action,
          shall be given the same effect as though the by-laws had been
          temporarily amended or suspended so far, but only so far, as is
          necessary to permit the specific action so taken or authorized.

                             ARTICLE IX.  INDEMNIFICATION

                    9.01.     Certain Definitions.  All capitalized terms
          used in this Article IX and not otherwise hereinafter defined in
          this Section 9.01 shall have the meaning set forth in Section
          180.0850 of the Statute.  The following capitalized terms
          (including any plural forms thereof) used in this Article IX
          shall be defined as follows:

                    (a)  "Affiliate" shall include, without limitation, any
          corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan,
          trust or other enterprise that directly or indirectly through one
          or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under
          common control with, the Corporation.

                    (b)  "Authority" shall mean the entity selected by the
          Director or Officer to determine his or her right to
          indemnification pursuant to Section 9.04.

                    (c)  "Board" shall mean the entire then elected and
          serving Board of Directors of the Corporation, including all
          members thereof who are Parties to the subject Proceeding or any
          related Proceeding.  

                    (d)  "Breach of Duty" shall mean the Director or
          Officer breached or failed to perform his or her duties to the
          Corporation and his or her breach of or failure to perform those
          duties is determined, in accordance with Section 9.04, to
          constitute misconduct under Section 180.0851(2)(a) l, 2, 3 or 4
          of the Statute.

                    (e)  "Corporation," as used herein and as defined in
          the Statute and incorporated by reference into the definitions of
          certain other capitalized terms used herein, shall mean this
          Corporation, including, without limitation, any successor
          corporation or entity to this Corporation by way of merger,
          consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the
          capital stock or assets of this Corporation.

                    (f)  "Director or Officer" shall have the meaning set
          forth in the Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this
          Article IX, it shall be conclusively presumed that any Director
          or Officer serving as a director, officer, partner, trustee,
          member of any governing or decision-making committee, employee or
          agent of an Affiliate shall be so serving at the request of the
          Corporation.

                    (g)  "Disinterested Quorum" shall mean a quorum of the
          Board who are not Parties to the subject Proceeding or any
          related Proceeding.

                    (h)  "Party" shall have the meaning set forth in the
          Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article IX, the
          term "Party" shall also include any Director or Officer or
          employee of the Corporation who is or was a witness in a
          Proceeding at a time when he or she has not otherwise been
          formally named a Party thereto.

                    (i)  "Proceeding" shall have the meaning set forth in
          the Statute; provided, that, in accordance with Section 180.0859
          of the Statute and for purposes of this Article IX, the term
          "Proceeding" shall also include all Proceedings (i) brought under
          (in whole or in part) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
          Exchange Act, their respective state counterparts, and/or any
          rule or regulation promulgated under any of the foregoing; (ii)
          brought before an Authority or otherwise to enforce rights
          hereunder; (iii) any appeal from a Proceeding; and (iv) any
          Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a plaintiff or
          petitioner because he or she is a Director or Officer; provided,
          however, that any such Proceeding under this subsection (iv) must
          be authorized by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum.

                    (j)  "Statute" shall mean Sections 180.0850 through
          180.0859, inclusive, of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law,
          Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes, as the same shall then be
          in effect, including any amendments thereto, but, in the case of
          any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits or
          requires the Corporation to provide broader indemnification  
          rights than the Statute permitted or required the Corporation to
          provide prior to such amendment.

                    9.02.     Mandatory Indemnification.  To the fullest
          extent permitted or required by the Statute, the Corporation
          shall indemnify a Director or Officer against all Liabilities
          incurred by or on behalf of such Director or Officer in
          connection with a Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is
          a Party because he or she is a Director or Officer.

                    9.03.     Procedural Requirements.

                    (a)  A Director or Officer who seeks indemnification
          under Section 9.02 shall make a written request therefor to the
          Corporation.  Subject to Section 9.03(b), within 60 days of the
          Corporation's receipt of such request, the Corporation shall pay
          or reimburse the Director or Officer for the entire amount of
          Liabilities incurred by the Director or Officer in connection
          with the subject Proceeding (net of any Expenses previously
          advanced pursuant to Section 9.05).

                    (b)  No indemnification shall be required to be paid by
          the Corporation pursuant to Section 9.02 if, within such 60-day
          period, (i) a Disinterested Quorum, by a majority vote thereof,
          determines that the Director or Officer requesting
          indemnification engaged in misconduct constituting a Breach of
          Duty or (ii) a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained.

                    (c)  In either case of nonpayment pursuant to Section
          9.03(b), the Board shall immediately authorize by resolution that
          an Authority, as provided in Section 9.04, determine whether the
          Director's or Officer's conduct constituted a Breach of Duty and,
          therefore, whether indemnification should be denied hereunder.

                    (d)  (i) If the Board does not authorize an Authority
          to determine the Director's or Officer's right to indemnification
          hereunder within such 60-day period and/or (ii) if
          indemnification of the requested amount of Liabilities is paid by
          the Corporation, then it shall be conclusively presumed for all
          purposes that a Disinterested Quorum has affirmatively determined
          that the Director or Officer did not engage in misconduct
          constituting a Breach of Duty and, in the case of subsection (i)
          above (but not subsection (ii)), indemnification by the
          Corporation of the requested amount of Liabilities shall be paid
          to the Director or Officer immediately.

                    9.04.     Determination of Indemnification.

                    (a)  If the Board authorizes an Authority to determine
          a Director's or Officer's right to indemnification pursuant to
          Section 9.03, then the Director or Officer requesting
          indemnification shall have the absolute discretionary authority
          to select one of the following as such Authority:  

                    (i)  An independent legal counsel; provided, that such
               counsel shall be mutually selected by such Director or
               Officer and by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum or,
               if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a
               majority vote of the Board;

                    (ii) A panel of three arbitrators selected from the
               panels of arbitrators of the American Arbitration
               Association in Wisconsin; provided, that (A) one arbitrator
               shall be selected by such Director or Officer, the second
               arbitrator shall be selected by a majority vote of a
               Disinterested Quorum or, if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be
               obtained, then by a majority vote of the Board, and the
               third arbitrator shall be selected by the two previously
               selected arbitrators, and (B) in all other respects, such
               panel shall be governed by the American Arbitration
               Association's then existing Commercial Arbitration Rules; or

                    (iii)     A court pursuant to and in accordance with
               Section 180.0854 of the Statute.

                    (b)  In any such determination by the selected
          Authority there shall exist a rebuttable presumption that the
          Director's or Officer's conduct did not constitute a Breach of
          Duty and that indemnification against the requested amount of
          Liabilities is required.  The burden of rebutting such a
          presumption by clear and convincing evidence shall be on the
          Corporation or such other party asserting that such
          indemnification should not be allowed.

                    (c)  The Authority shall make its determination within
          60 days of being selected and shall submit a written opinion of
          its conclusion simultaneously to both the Corporation and the
          Director or Officer.

                    (d)  If the Authority determines that indemnification
          is required hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the entire
          requested amount of Liabilities (net of any Expenses previously
          advanced pursuant to Section 9.05), including interest thereon at
          a reasonable rate, as determined by the Authority, within 10 days
          of receipt of the Authority's opinion; provided, that, if it is
          determined by the Authority that a Director or Officer is
          entitled to indemnification against Liabilities incurred in
          connection with some claims, issues or matters, but not as to
          other claims, issues or matters, involved in the subject
          Proceeding, the Corporation shall be required to pay (as set
          forth above) only the amount of such requested Liabilities as the
          Authority shall deem appropriate in light of all of the
          circumstances of such Proceeding.

                    (e)  The determination by the Authority that
          indemnification is required hereunder shall be binding upon the
          Corporation regardless of any prior determination that the
          Director or Officer engaged in a Breach of Duty.  

                    (f)  All Expenses incurred in the determination process
          under this Section 9.04 by either the Corporation or the Director
          or Officer, including, without limitation, all Expenses of the
          selected Authority, shall be paid by the Corporation.

                    9.05.  Mandatory Allowance of Expenses.

                    (a)  The Corporation shall pay or reimburse from time
          to time or at any time, within 10 days after the receipt of the
          Director's or Officer's written request therefor, the reasonable
          Expenses of the Director or Officer as such Expenses are
          incurred; provided, the following conditions are satisfied:

                    (i)  The Director or Officer furnishes to the
               Corporation an executed written certificate affirming his or
               her good faith belief that he or she has not engaged in
               misconduct which constitutes a Breach of Duty; and

                    (ii) The Director or Officer furnishes to the
               Corporation an unsecured executed written agreement to repay
               any advances made under this Section 9.05 if it is
               ultimately determined by an Authority that he or she is not
               entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such
               Expenses pursuant to Section 9.04.

                    (b)  If the Director or Officer must repay any
          previously advanced Expenses pursuant to this Section 9.05, such
          Director or Officer shall not be required to pay interest on such
          amounts.

                    9.06.     Indemnification and Allowance of Expenses of
          Certain Others.

                    (a)  The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion
          as it deems appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof,
          indemnify a director or officer of an Affiliate (who is not
          otherwise serving as a Director or Officer) against all
          Liabilities, and shall advance the reasonable Expenses, incurred
          by such director or officer in a Proceeding to the same extent
          hereunder as if such director or officer incurred such
          Liabilities because he or she was a Director or Officer, if such
          director or officer is a Party thereto because he or she is or
          was a director or officer of the Affiliate.

                    (b)  The Corporation shall indemnify an employee of the
          Corporation who is not a Director or Officer, to the extent he or
          she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of
          a Proceeding, for all Expenses incurred in the Proceeding if the
          employee was a Party because he or she was an employee of the
          Corporation.

                    (c)  The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion
          as it deems appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof,
          indemnify (to the extent not otherwise provided in Section  
          9.06(b) hereof) against Liabilities incurred by, and/or provide
          for the allowance of reasonable Expenses of, an employee or
          authorized agent of the Corporation acting within the scope of
          his or her duties as such and who is not otherwise a Director or
          Officer.

                    9.07.     Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and
          maintain insurance on behalf of a Director or Officer or any
          individual who is or was an employee or authorized agent of the
          Corporation against any Liability asserted against or incurred by
          such individual in his or her capacity as such or arising from
          his or her status as such, regardless of whether the Corporation
          is required or permitted to indemnify against any such Liability
          under this Article IX.

                    9.08.     Notice to the Corporation.  A Director,
          Officer or employee of the Corporation shall promptly notify the
          Corporation in writing when he or she has actual knowledge of a
          Proceeding which may result in a claim of indemnification against
          Liabilities or allowance of Expenses hereunder, but the failure
          to do so shall not relieve the Corporation of any liability to
          the Director, Officer or employee hereunder unless the
          Corporation shall have been irreparably prejudiced by such
          failure (as determined, in the case of Directors or Officers
          only, by an Authority selected pursuant to Section 9.04(a)).

                    9.09.     Severability.  If any provision of this
          Article IX shall be deemed invalid or inoperative, or if a court
          of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the provisions
          of this Article IX contravene public policy, this Article IX
          shall be construed so that the remaining provisions shall not be
          affected, but shall remain in full force and effect, and any such
          provisions which are invalid or inoperative or which contravene
          public policy shall be deemed, without further action or deed by
          or on behalf of the Corporation, to be modified, amended and/or
          limited, but only to the extent necessary to render the same
          valid and enforceable; it being understood that it is the
          Corporation's intention to provide the Directors and Officers
          with the broadest possible protection against personal liability
          allowable under the Statute.

                    9.10.     Nonexclusivity of Article IX.  The rights of
          a Director, Officer or employee of the Corporation (or any other
          person) granted under this Article IX shall not be deemed
          exclusive of any other rights to indemnification against
          Liabilities or allowance of Expenses which the Director, Officer
          or employee (or such other person) may be entitled to under any
          written agreement, Board resolution, vote of shareholders of the
          corporation or otherwise, including, without limitation, under
          the Statute.  Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be
          deemed to limit the Corporation's obligations to indemnify
          against Liabilities or allow Expenses to a Director, Officer or
          employee of the Corporation under the Statute.  

                    9.11.     Contractual Nature of Article IX; Repeal or
          Limitation of Rights.  This Article IX shall be deemed to be a
          contract between the Corporation and each Director, Officer and
          employee of the Corporation and any repeal or other limitation of
          this Article IX or any repeal or limitation of the Statute or any
          other applicable law shall not limit any rights of
          indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses then
          existing or arising out of events, acts or omissions occurring
          prior to such repeal or limitation, including, without
          limitation, the right to indemnification against Liabilities or
          allowance of Expenses for Proceedings commenced after such repeal
          or limitation to enforce this Article IX with regard to acts,
          omissions or events arising prior to such repeal or limitation.





               AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


     This Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Agreement") is
hereby made as of the first day of October, 1994, by and between ITT
COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORP., a Nevada corporation, with its principal office at
8251 Maryland Avenue, Clayton, Missouri 63105 ("ITT") and GEHL COMPANY, a
Wisconsin corporation, with its principal office at 143 Water Street, West
Bend, Wisconsin 53095, and its subsidiaries/divisions including but not
limited to Hedlund Manufacturing, Inc., Hedlund Martin, Inc., and Gehl Power
Products, Inc. (collectively and individually "Gehl Company").  ITT and Gehl
Company desire to amend and restate in its entirety that certain Loan and
Security Agreement dated October 21, 1993, as amended.

1.   DEFINITIONS
     1.1  Special Definitions.  The following terms will have the following
          meanings in this Agreement and in the Other Agreements:
          (a)  "Accounts":  all of Gehl Company's rights to payment for goods
               sold or for services rendered to Dealers and Retail Customers,
               whether characterized as accounts, contract rights, chattel
               paper, instruments, or general intangibles, including any lien
               or other security interest that secures or may secure any of
               the foregoing, plus all books, invoices, documents and other
               records in any form evidencing or relating to any of the
               foregoing, now owned or hereafter acquired by Gehl Company.
          (b)  "Collateral":  as defined in Section 5.1.
          (c)  "Dealer":  any dealer in goods manufactured, distributed or
               sold by Gehl Company for resale by such dealer.
          (d)  "Default":  the events or occurrences enumerated in Section 6.3
               (c) and Section 7 of this Agreement.
          (e)  "Eligible Account":  any of the following, solely to the extent
               that such Accounts do not otherwise constitute Ineligible
               Accounts:
               (i)       100% of the outstanding balance of Accounts arising
                         from sales of Finished Goods which have aged not more
                         than 12 months from the Original Invoice Date;
               (ii)      100% of the outstanding balance of Accounts arising
                         from sales of service parts which require payment
                         within 30 days of the Original Invoice Date and which
                         are not more than 90 days delinquent ("Net
                         Accounts");
               (iii)     80% of the outstanding balance of Accounts arising
                         from sales of Finished Goods which have aged more
                         than 12 months but not more than 24 months from the
                         Original Invoice Date, and to the extent that said
                         12-24 month aged Accounts comprise 35% or less of all
                         Accounts; and
               (iv)      50% of the outstanding balance of Accounts arising
                         from sales or financing of Used Finished Goods,
                         having maturities of not more than six (6) months,
                         and to the extent current and not past due.
          (f)  "Eligible Inventory":  100% of Gehl Company's Finished Goods
               and Service Parts that are in the care, control and custody of
               Gehl Company.  
          (g)  "Eligible Retail Accounts" and "Eligible Repurchased Retail
               Accounts":  100% of Gehl Company's Retail Accounts (including
               without limitation Repurchased Retail Accounts) which are
               evidenced by Retail Chattel Paper and which are not more than
               90 days delinquent, extended more than once or extended for
               more than 90 days, or which are in a non-accrual status or
               otherwise pledged or sold to another financial institution.
          (h)  "Finished Goods":  Serialized goods and all attachments for
               such serialized goods manufactured, distributed or sold by Gehl
               Company to authorized Dealers and held for sale or lease.
               (i)  "Ineligible Accounts":  as defined in Section 3.
          (j)  "Inventory":  All of Gehl Company's presently owned and
               hereafter acquired inventory, which shall have the meaning
               given to that term in the Uniform Commercial Code as set forth
               in the Missouri Revised Statutes, as amended from time to time,
               and, to the extent not included therein shall also mean all of
               Gehl Company's inventory, goods, merchandise, materials,
               finished goods, whole goods, work-in-process, component
               materials, packaging shipping materials, parts, and other
               tangible personal property, now owned or hereafter acquired,
               and accessories and attachments thereto held for sale or lease.
          (k)  "Maximum Line of Credit":  the maximum amount extended pursuant
               to Section 2.l of this Agreement.
          (l)  "Obligations":  all covenants, agreements, warranties, duties,
               representations, loans, liabilities and indebtednesses of any
               kind and nature whatsoever now or hereafter arising, owing, due
               or payable from Gehl Company to ITT, whether primary or
               secondary, joint or several, direct, contingent, fixed or
               otherwise, unsecured or arising under this Agreement, the Other
               Agreements or any other agreements previously, now or hereafter
               executed by Gehl Company and delivered to ITT or by oral
               agreement or operation of law and whether or not evidenced by
               instruments or evidences of indebtedness.
          (m)  "Original Invoice Date": is the original invoice date of the
               sale of the Finished Goods or Service Parts to the first
               Dealer.
          (n)  "Other Agreements":  all security agreements, mortgages,
               leases, instruments, documents, guarantees, schedules of
               assignment, contracts and similar agreements heretofore, now or
               hereafter executed by Gehl Company and delivered to ITT or
               delivered by or on behalf of Gehl Company to a third party and
               assigned to ITT by operation of law or otherwise.
          (o)  "Person":  any individual, association, firm, corporation,
               governmental body, agency or instrumentality whatsoever.
          (p)  "Policies":  all policies of property insurance required to be
               maintained by Gehl Company under this Agreement or any of the
               Other Agreements.
          (q)  "Prime Rate": (i) with respect to U.S. Loans, the term "Prime
               Rate" shall mean the rate of interest publicly announced or so
               designated from time to time by Chase Manhattan Bank as its
               prime rate or reference rate, and (ii) with respect to Canadian
               Loans (as defined in Section 2.1), the term "Prime Rate" shall
               mean the rate of interest publicly announced or so designated
               from time to time by the Royal Bank of Canada as its prime rate  
               for loans in Canadian dollars to borrowers in Canada.  The
               Prime Rate in effect on the last business day of any given
               month will be the Prime Rate for the following month and will
               be effective as of the first (1st) day of such following month
               without any notice to either party.
          (r)  "Retail Accounts":  Accounts, including, without limitation,
               Accounts repurchased by Gehl Company from third party creditors
               to whom Gehl Company previously pledged or sold such Accounts
               ("Repurchased Retail Accounts"), arising from the sale of
               Finished Goods to Retail Customers or to Dealers for the
               purpose of lease or rental to the Dealers' customers.
          (s)  "Retail Chattel Paper":  all of Gehl Company's chattel paper
               arising from Gehl Company's sale of Finished Goods to Dealers
               under installment sales contracts or arising from Dealer's sale
               of Finished Goods to retail customers under installment sales
               contracts.
          (t)  "Retail Customer":  any and all purchasers of goods
               manufactured, distributed or sold by Gehl Company.
          (u)  "Service Parts":  Parts manufactured, sold or distributed by
               Gehl Company to authorized Dealers and in Gehl Company's
               possession.
          (v)  "Supplemental Line of Credit":  a line of credit extended
               pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Agreement.
          (w)  "Used Finished Goods":  means Finished Goods acquired by any
               Dealer from, or financed by, Gehl Company, which are unable to
               be sold by Dealer as new and unused, and including, without
               limitation trade-in Finished Goods and repossessed Finished
               Goods previously sold at retail.
               1.2. Uniform Commercial Code Definitions.  Each term used in
                    this Agreement or the Other Agreements and not
                    specifically defined herein shall have the meaning
                    provided by the Uniform Commercial Code (from time to time
                    in effect in the state of Missouri) to the extent the same
                    is defined or used therein.

2.   CREDIT FACILITY/INTEREST RATE/CHARGES
     2.1  Credit Facility.  In consideration of Gehl Company's performance of
          its Obligations and subject to Sections 3 and 4, ITT grants to Gehl
          Company an aggregate credit facility in the maximum amount of
          Seventy-five Million DOLLARS ($75,000,000.00) (the "Credit
          Facility"), which shall be available in the form as follows:
          (a)  "Maximum Line of Credit":  In consideration of Gehl Company's
               performance of its Obligations and subject to Sections 3 and 4,
               ITT grants to Gehl Company separate lines of credit of (a)
               SIXTY-SEVEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND UNITED STATES DOLLARS
               ($67,500,000.00 U.S.) (the "U.S. Line"), and (b) that
               fluctuating amount of Canadian Dollars which, from day-to-day,
               shall equal, based on the daily noon spot exchange rate of the
               Royal Bank of Canada (the "Exchange Rate") SEVEN MILLION FIVE
               HUNDRED THOUSAND UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($7,500,000.00 U.S.)
               (the "Canadian Line") for the period commencing on the
               execution of this Agreement until December 31, 1997.  Such
               lines of credit are collectively called the "Maximum Line of
               Credit"; loans under the U.S. Line are called "U.S. Loans"; and  
               loans under the Canadian Line are called "Canadian Loans". 
               U.S. Loans shall be repayable only in United States Dollars and
               Canadian Loans shall be repayable only in Canadian Dollars. 
               Gehl Company agrees that for purposes of determining loan
               availability and over-advance positions, all outstanding
               Canadian Loans shall be valued daily, at the then current
               Exchange Rate (for example:  if on January 1, Gehl Company
               borrowed $9,500,000 Canadian which at the time was equivalent
               to $7,500,000 U.S., and on January 3, the Exchange Rate changed
               such that $9,500,000 Canadian was then valued at $8,000,000
               U.S., Gehl Company will be deemed over-advanced by $500,000). 
               Any over-advance will be immediately repayable by Gehl Company
               upon demand by ITT.  In determining credit available at any
               given time for U.S. Loans pursuant to the provisions of
               Sections 3.2 and 4.2 or Canadian Loans pursuant to the
               provisions of Section 3.2, Canadian Loans may be made only with
               respect to Eligible Accounts arising from sales payable in
               Canadian Dollars, and U.S. Loans may be made only with respect
               to Eligible Accounts, including, but not limited to, Eligible
               Retail Accounts, arising from sales payable in United States
               dollars and Eligible Inventory.  Gehl Company agrees that all
               reports, agings, records and other information provided by it
               pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, those
               provided pursuant to Section 3.1, shall, in form and detail
               reasonably satisfactory to ITT, separately identify Gehl
               Company's Accounts payable in Canadian Dollars from those
               payable in United States Dollars.
          (b)  Supplemental Line of Credit.  ITT grants to Gehl Company a
               Supplemental Line of Credit in an amount not to exceed Fifteen
               Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) of the U.S. Line.
     2.1.1     Interest.  Gehl Company agrees to pay interest to ITT, payable
               as provided in Section 2.2, on the average daily outstanding
               balance under the Credit Facility, at a rate that is: 
               U.S. Loans the lesser of (i) one-half of one percent (0.5%) per
               annum higher than the daily Prime Rate in effect; and (ii) the
               highest rate from time to time permitted by applicable law (and
               amounts received from Gehl Company in excess of such highest
               rate from time to time permitted by applicable law will be
               considered reductions of principal to the extent of such
               excess).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rate shall be
               adjusted if Gehl Company breaches any financial covenant set
               forth in Section 6.3 of this Agreement, in which event the rate
               shall be determined in accordance with that subsection.  The
               rate determined pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take
               effect upon ITT's receipt of Gehl Company's quarterly or
               audited fiscal year-end financial statements for such periods,
               as applicable.  Canada Loans.  With respect to Canadian Loans,
               Gehl Company agrees to pay interest to ITT, payable as provided
               in Section 2.2, on the average daily outstanding balance under
               the Canadian Line, at a rate (i) that is the lesser of (a) one
               and one-half of one percent (1.50%) per annum higher than the
               Prime Rate in effect, and (b) the highest rate from time to
               time permitted by applicable law (and amounts received from
               Gehl Company in excess of such highest rate from time to time  
               permitted by applicable law will be considered reductions of
               principal to the extent of such excess); or (ii) pursuant to
               Section 6.3 of this Agreement.
     2.1.2     Charges.  Gehl Company agrees to pay to ITT an annual fee
               (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "charge") equal to the
               lesser of (a) the amount of One-Eighth of One percent (.125%)
               of the aggregate amount of the Maximum Line of Credit; and (b)
               the highest charges from time to time permitted by applicable
               law (and amounts received from Gehl Company in excess of such
               highest rate from time to time permitted by applicable law will
               be considered reductions of principal to the extent of such
               excess).  Said charge shall be payable on December 31, 1994, on
               December 31, 1995, and on December 31, 1996.
     2.1.3     Days.  All interest to be charged under the Agreement will be
               computed on the basis of a year of 360 days divided by the
               actual number of days elapsed in the applicable interest
               period.
     2.1.4     Non-Use of Credit Facility Fee.  Gehl Company agrees to pay ITT
               an annual non-use of credit facility fee on the daily average
               of the unused amount of the U.S. Line during each calendar year
               of the term of this Agreement (including without limitation
               calendar year 1994).  Such non-use fee shall be payable within
               fifteen days following the end of each calendar year.  Such
               non-use fee shall be calculated by multiplying (a) one-half of
               one percent (0.5%) times (b) the positive difference if any
               between (i) Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) minus (ii)
               the average daily balance of the U.S. Line for the applicable
               calendar year.
     2.2       Payments.
          (a)  Interest and Charges.  Interest and any charges (other than
               those charges provided in Sections 2.1.2 and 2.1.4) hereafter
               agreed to by the parties, are payable monthly on the fifteenth
               (15th) calendar day of the month that follows Gehl Company's
               receipt of ITT's bill or statement therefor, or within seven
               (7) days after Gehl Company's receipt of such bill or
               statement, whichever is later.  For example, if Gehl Company
               receives ITT's interest statement for November at any time on
               or prior to December 8, the interest charges are payable on
               December 15, and if Gehl Company receives such interest
               statement after December 8 the interest charges are payable
               within seven (7) days after said receipt.  Interest and any
               charges that remain outstanding after the foregoing due date
               shall be assessed a finance charge equal to the Prime Rate plus
               Three percent (3.0%) on such outstanding amounts until paid in
               full.  Each statement of account rendered by ITT to Gehl
               Company and relating to the Obligations will be presumed to be
               correct and accurate and will constitute an account stated
               fully binding upon Gehl Company unless, within sixty (60) days
               from the date of receipt of such statement, Gehl Company gives
               to ITT written objection specifying the error or errors, if
               any, contained in that statement.  If Gehl Company gives
               written objection to ITT after said sixty (60) day period, ITT
               may, but is not obligated to, correct said billing errors.
          (b)  Principal.  Principal amounts advanced hereunder shall be due  
               and payable by Gehl Company, as follows:
                 (i)     in full upon the termination of this Agreement; 
                (ii)     immediately at any time or times during the term of
                         this Agreement by an amount equal to the excess, if
                         any, of Gehl Company's outstanding principal balance
                         over the then applicable line of credit set forth in
                         Section 2.1; and
               (iii)     in full immediately upon any demand for payment made
                         pursuant to Section 7.2.
     2.3  Funding Source
          Gehl Company acknowledges that ITT may, in its sole discretion, make
          any Canadian Loan by causing its Canadian affiliate, ITT Commercial
          Finance, a Division of ITT Industries of Canada, Ltd., or any other
          affiliate of ITT ("ITT Canada") to fund or make advances of such
          loans on ITT's behalf, or to make or continue such Canadian Loans
          directly.  ITT Canada shall inure to the rights and benefits of this
          Agreement with respect to Canadian Loans made or funded by it, as
          though it were a party hereto, although, unless an assignment as
          described below shall have occurred, ITT may continue to hold all
          Collateral (and enforce the security interest therein), and receive
          and issue all communications, notices, requests, waivers, consents
          and amendments (collectively, "Communications"), in ITT's own name,
          acting individually and/or on behalf, and for the benefit, of ITT
          Canada, and Gehl Company may rely upon any Communication received
          from ITT as being made by ITT both on its own behalf and on behalf
          of ITT Canada.  ITT hereby directs Gehl Company, and Gehl Company
          hereby agrees (until otherwise advised by ITT), to pay all amounts
          in respect of Canadian Loans directly to the order of ITT Canada, at
          such addresses as ITT Canada may from time to time specify in
          writing.  ITT may, upon notice to Gehl Company, elect to assign
          directly all or any part of the Canadian Loans to ITT Canada,
          together with an undivided pro-rata portion of all Collateral and
          any other security for all Loans, and Gehl Company agrees in such
          event to recognize ITT Canada as its direct lender of the Canadian
          Loans with all rights and benefits of this Agreement.  ITT may elect
          to also require Gehl Company, and Gehl Company hereby agrees, to
          amend or execute such financing statements (or Canadian
          equivalents), and amendments to this Agreement and the other
          documents entered into in connection herewith, as may be reasonably
          required to effect such assignment, or to obtain for ITT Canada the
          rights, protections, security and/or Collateral (or Canadian
          equivalent) granted to ITT under this Agreement.  Without limiting
          the generality of the foregoing, Gehl Company hereby grants to ITT
          Canada as continuing security for its Obligations hereunder, a
          continuing specific and fixed security interest in the Collateral
          pursuant to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.   LINE OF CREDIT - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE - ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
     3.1  Schedules.  To facilitate Gehl Company's borrowings and the
          maintenance of ITT's records, Gehl Company will, no less than
          monthly or as otherwise agreed to, furnish ITT with a schedule of
          Accounts in a form mutually agreeable to Gehl Company and ITT
          ("Schedule") describing all Accounts created or acquired by Gehl
          Company since the last Schedule furnished ITT (which are readily  
          traceable to Gehl Company's subordinate accounts receivable journal
          or general ledger accounts), the total collections that Gehl Company
          received on the outstanding Accounts (including cash, cash
          equivalents such as checks and drafts, and Retail Chattel Paper),
          the total of any positive or negative adjustments or adjustments
          other than cash with supporting documentation (including discounts
          allowed or credit memorandums or returns), and the Ineligible
          Accounts.  However, failure to provide any such Schedules in a
          timely manner will not impair ITT's rights and security interest
          with respect to all of the Accounts.
     3.2  Available Credit.  On receipt of each Schedule, or as otherwise
          requested by Gehl Company, ITT will credit Gehl Company with (a)
          Seventy-Seven and one-half percent (77.5%) of the net amount of the
          Eligible Accounts listed in such Schedule, excluding Net Accounts,
          and (b) Fifty percent (50%) of the net amount of Net Accounts listed
          in such Schedule, and remit to Gehl Company, in immediately
          available funds, an amount equal to Gehl Company's loan request up
          to the Maximum Line of Credit, in accordance with the electronic
          transfer instructions contained in Section 8.16 of this Agreement;
          provided however, that the outstanding principal balance of all
          advances or loans made on Net Accounts will at no time exceed Two
          Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00), and the
          outstanding principal balance of all loans made on foreign Accounts
          which are insured by a policy in form and substance and issued by an
          insurer acceptable to ITT will at no time exceed Two Million Dollars
          ($2,000,000.00).  ITT will loan Gehl Company, on request, such
          amounts so credited or a part thereof as requested provided that at
          no time will such outstanding loans exceed Gehl Company's Maximum
          Line of Credit.  No advances or loans need be made by ITT if Gehl
          Company is in Default.  Gehl Company acknowledges that any advances
          or loans made on Net Accounts or foreign Accounts will be deemed
          made under the U.S. Line.
     3.3  Ineligible Accounts. The following Accounts will be deemed
          ineligible accounts ("Ineligible Accounts"):  
          (a)  Accounts created from the sale of goods and services on non-
               standard terms and/or that allow for payment to be made outside
               standard financing program terms established by Gehl Company,
               but excluding Accounts as reasonably modified by Gehl Company
               in accordance with past business practices. With ITT's consent,
               which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, new terms or
               programs not in accordance with past business practices will
               not be grounds for ineligibility;
          (b)  Accounts arising from sales of Finished Goods which have aged
               by more than twenty-four (24) months from the Original Invoice
               Date;
          (c)  Accounts arising from sales of Used Finished Goods which are
               past due;
          (d)  Accounts with respect to which the obligor is an officer,
               employee, agent, parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Gehl
               Company or is related or has common shareholders, officers or
               directors with Gehl Company;
          (e)  Consignment sales;
          (f)  Accounts with respect to which the payment by the obligor is or
               may be conditional, excluding the effect of any state or  
               provincial buy-back laws;
          (g)  Accounts with respect to which (i) the obligor is not a
               commercial or institutional entity, or (ii) the obligor is not
               a resident of the United States, Canada or Puerto Rico, unless
               said foreign Accounts are either secured by letters of credit
               acceptable to ITT or insured by a policy in form and substance
               and issued by an insurer acceptable to ITT;
          (h)  Accounts with respect to which any warranty or representation
               provided in Subsection 3.4 is not true and correct;
          (i)  Accounts which represent goods purchased for a personal, family
               or household purpose;
          (j)  Accounts which represent goods that have been used for
               demonstration purposes or loaned by Gehl Company to another
               party except as may be presently allowed under the standard
               financing program terms established by Gehl Company or in
               accordance with past business practices;
          (k)  Accounts which are progress payment accounts or contra
               accounts; 
          (l)  for Accounts in excess of $500,000.00 and not specifically
               approved by ITT in writing, which approval will not be
               unreasonably withheld, all amounts in excess of $500,000.00;
          (m)  Accounts which are unsecured, secured by unperfected security
               interests, secured but, in ITT's reasonable determination,
               undercollateralized, not secured by first priority security
               interests, or which are secured by assets other than Finished
               Goods or Service Parts which have not been expressly approved
               by ITT, including, without limitation, Accounts relating to
               repossessed or returned Finished Goods, but excluding such
               Accounts that are re-invoiced to another Dealer provided that
               said Account has not aged more than 24 months from the Original
               Invoice Date;
          (n)  Accounts with respect to which the obligor is in default of any
               material provision of the financing or security agreement
               governing such Account, including, without limitation, Accounts
               paid with checks returned and marked Insufficient Funds,
               Accounts relating to Finished Goods sold out of trust, or
               Accounts which are otherwise in dispute, and in each case not
               resolved within 30 days; or
          (o)  any and all other Accounts which ITT, by using reasonable
               business judgment in good faith and after giving Gehl Company
               three (3) business days to respond, deems to be unacceptable.  
     3.4  Warranties and Representations.  With respect to each Account now or
          hereafter listed or referred to by Gehl Company on any Schedule,
          Gehl Company warrants and represents to ITT that (except as
          otherwise specified in this Agreement or the Other Agreements or as
          otherwise disclosed in writing to ITT): (a) such Account is genuine,
          in all respects what it purports to be and is not evidenced by a
          judgment or promissory note or similar instrument or agreement; (b)
          it represents undisputed bona fide transactions completed in
          accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the invoices
          and purchase orders relating thereto; (c) the goods sold (or
          services rendered) which resulted in the creation of such Account
          have been delivered or rendered to and accepted by the obligor; (d)
          the amounts shown on the respective Schedules, Gehl Company's books  
          and records and all invoices and statements delivered to ITT with
          respect thereto are absolutely owing to Gehl Company and are not
          contingent for any reason; (e) no payments have been or will be made
          thereon except payments turned over to ITT; (f) there are no set-
          offs, counterclaims or disputes existing or asserted with respect
          thereto from any Dealer in excess of $50,000.00 that has not been
          resolved within thirty (30) days; (g) Gehl Company has not made any
          agreement with any obligor without ITT's written consent, which
          consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, for any deduction or
          discount of the sum payable thereunder in excess of 10% of the sum
          payable thereunder or in excess of $1,000.00, whichever is greater,
          except discounts allowed by Gehl Company in the ordinary course of
          its business as set forth in the Dealer's schedule of discounts and
          terms; Gehl Company and ITT agree, if either party believes that the
          provisions of this subsection (g) are posing undue administrative
          hardship or risk, as the case may be, to negotiate in good faith to
          attempt to satisfy the concerns of the other party; (h) there are no
          facts, events or occurrences which in any way impair the validity or
          enforcement thereof or tend to reduce the amount payable thereunder
          from the amount thereof as shown on the respective Schedules, Gehl
          Company's books and records and the invoices and statements
          delivered to ITT with respect thereto; (i) all obligors thereon have
          the ostensible authority to contract; and (j) there are no
          proceedings or actions known to Gehl Company which are threatened or
          pending against any obligor thereon which might result in any
          material adverse change in its financial condition.
     3.5  Notes.  Gehl Company's Obligations for loans made pursuant to the
          Maximum Line of Credit, at ITT's sole discretion, will be evidenced
          by promissory notes in form satisfactory to ITT.  Such loans will
          bear interest at the rate and will be subject to the terms set forth
          herein and the Other Agreements.
     3.6  Reimbursement for Charges.  Gehl Company will reimburse ITT for all
          charges made by banks for collection of checks, including charges
          for NSF checks, and other items of payment and for remittances of
          proceeds of the loans hereunder.
     3.7  Collections.  Gehl Company is authorized to collect Accounts
          (excluding payments arising out of Retail Chattel Paper, except as
          set forth below) in a lockbox account that is to be blocked in the
          favor of ITT so that only disbursements to be made against the
          lockbox account will be in favor of ITT ("Lockbox Account").  Gehl
          Company will advise all obligors of the Accounts to make all
          payments on Accounts into the Lockbox Account.  Such authorization
          may be terminated by ITT at any time if Gehl Company is in Default
          under this Agreement and the Obligations have been accelerated by
          ITT, and ITT may notify any obligor of the assignment of Accounts
          and collect the same.  All payments on Accounts from Canadian
          Dealers will be deposited into a Canadian lockbox account, converted
          into U.S. dollars, and then electronically transferred to ITT in
          accordance with the Electronic Transfer Instructions in Section 8.16
          of this Agreement.  So long as Gehl Company is not in Default and
          the Obligations have not been accelerated, Gehl Company has no
          obligation to make payments on Accounts from Dealers located outside
          of the United States, Canada or Puerto Rico to ITT into the Lockbox
          Account, unless such Accounts have not been deemed ineligible  
          pursuant to Section 3.3(g).  Until delivery to ITT, Gehl Company
          will keep all payments on the Accounts that it otherwise receives in
          trust for ITT separate and apart from Gehl Company's own funds so
          that they are capable of identification as the property of ITT, and
          will deposit said payments into the Lockbox Account within one (1)
          business day of their receipt.  In the event of a Default, Gehl
          Company shall collect any payments arising from Retail Chattel Paper
          in a separate lockbox account blocked in favor of ITT ("the Standby
          Lockbox Account").  Any disbursements made against the Standby
          Lockbox Account will be in favor of ITT.  Gehl Company will advise
          all obligors of such Retail Chattel Paper to make all payments into
          the Standby Lockbox Account.  If Gehl Company is in default under
          this Agreement and the Obligations have been accelerated by ITT, ITT
          may notify said obligors of the assignment of the Retail Chattel
          Paper and the collection of the same.  Until delivery to ITT, Gehl
          Company will keep all payments on the Retail Chattel Paper that it
          otherwise receives in trust for ITT separate and apart from Gehl
          Company's own funds so that they are capable of identification as
          the property of ITT, and will deposit said payments into the Standby
          Lockbox Account within one (1) business day of their receipt.
     3.8  Collection Days.  All Gehl Company payments and all amounts received
          in settlement, adjustment, or liquidation of any Account will be
          credited by ITT to Gehl Company's account upon the receipt of
          immediately available funds for said payments.
     3.9  Power of Attorney.  Gehl Company irrevocably appoints ITT (and any
          Person designated by it) as Gehl Company's true and lawful Attorney
          with full power at any time, in the discretion of ITT, if a Default
          has occurred under this Agreement and ITT has accelerated the
          indebtedness, to, in a commercially reasonable manner: (a) demand
          payment, enforce payment and otherwise exercise all of Gehl
          Company's rights, and remedies with respect to the collection of any
          Accounts; (b) settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew any
          Accounts; (c) settle, adjust or compromise any legal proceedings
          brought to collect any Accounts; (d) sell or assign any Accounts
          upon such terms, for such amounts and at such time or times as ITT
          may deem advisable; (e) discharge and release any Accounts; (f)
          prepare, file and sign Gehl Company's name on any Proof of Claim in
          Bankruptcy or similar document against any obligor; (g) endorse the
          name of Gehl Company upon any chattel paper, document, instrument,
          invoice, freight bill, bill of lading or similar document or
          agreement relating to any Account or goods pertaining thereto; (h)
          endorse the name of Gehl Company upon any of the items of payment of
          proceeds and deposit the same in the account of ITT for application
          to the Obligations; (i) sign the name of Gehl Company to
          verifications of Accounts and notices thereof to obligors; (j) sign
          the name of Gehl Company on any document or instrument that ITT
          shall deem necessary or appropriate to perfect and maintain
          perfected the security interests in the Collateral under this
          Agreement and the Other Agreements; (k) make, settle and adjust
          claims under the Policies and endorse Gehl Company's name on any
          check, instrument or other item of payment of the proceeds of the
          Policies; (l) take control in any manner of any item of payments or
          proceeds and for such purpose to notify the Postal Authorities to
          change the address for delivery of mail addressed to Gehl Company to  
          such address as ITT may designate.  The power of attorney granted by
          this Section is for value and coupled with an interest and is
          irrevocable so long as any Obligations remain outstanding and
          nothing done by ITT pursuant to such power of attorney will reduce
          any of the Obligations, except as pursuant to applicable law.
     3.10 Continuing Requirements.  Gehl Company will submit to ITT a report
          each month that contains:  (a) if from time to time requested by
          ITT, copies of all invoices, delivery evidences and other such
          documents relating to each Account; (b) information of any rejection
          of goods by any obligor, delays in delivery of goods, non-
          performance of contracts and of any assertion of any claim, offset
          or counterclaim by any obligor in excess of $50,000.00; (c)
          information of all material adverse information relating to the
          financial condition of any obligor; (d) information of which
          Accounts may be deemed ineligible as defined in Subsection 3.3; and
          (e) an aging of its Accounts for each month which shall include its
          accounts receivable ledger and its on line aging of Accounts.  In
          addition, Gehl Company shall: (a) place the appropriate endorsements
          or assignments upon all such items of payment and proceeds so that
          the same may be properly deposited by ITT to ITT's account; (b) not
          permit or agree to any compromise or settlement or make any material
          change or modification of any kind or nature with respect to any
          Account, including any of the terms relating thereto except as in
          accordance with Section 3.4(g); (c) keep all goods rejected or
          returned by any obligor and all goods repossessed or stopped in
          transit by Gehl Company from any obligor in the aggregate in excess
          of $50,000.00 segregated from other property of Gehl Company,
          holding the same in trust and as trustee for ITT until such time as
          Gehl Company reports to ITT that said Account is no longer in its
          borrowing base; (d) upon ITT's request, stamp or otherwise mark all
          chattel paper and instruments relating to the Accounts now owned or
          hereafter acquired by it to show that the same are subject to ITT's
          security interest and immediately thereafter deliver or cause such
          chattel paper and instruments to be delivered to ITT with
          appropriate endorsements and assignments to vest a security interest
          in and possession in ITT; and (e) continue to conduct floorcheck
          inspections of its Dealers in accordance with standard financing
          program terms established by Gehl Company, and assist ITT in
          conducting periodic floorchecks and/or mail verifications of
          approximately ten percent (10%) of the Dealers per month.
     3.11 Rights of ITT.  ITT may, without notice to Gehl Company and at any
          time or times hereafter verify the validity and amount of any
          Accounts, and with the consent of Gehl Company, verify any other
          matter relating to any Account, by mail, telephone or by means
          otherwise as agreed to by the parties. 
     3.12 Release.  Gehl Company releases ITT from all claims and causes of
          action which Gehl Company may now or hereafter have for any loss or
          damage to it claimed to be caused by or arising from any action
          taken by ITT in accordance with the terms of this Agreement from: 
          (a) any failure of ITT to protect, enforce or collect, in whole or
          in part, any Account; (b) ITT's notification to any obligors thereon
          of ITT's security interest in any of the Accounts; (c) ITT's
          directing any obligor to pay any sum owing to Gehl Company directly
          to ITT; and (d) any other act or omission to act on the part of ITT,  
          its officers, agents or employees, except for gross negligence or
          willful misconduct.
     3.13 Books and Records.  Gehl Company represents and warrants that it
          keeps and maintains all of its books and records pertaining to the
          Accounts at its principal place of business designated on page 1 of
          this Agreement, and agrees to give ITT at least ten (10) days prior
          written notice before moving any such books and records to any other
          location.

4.   SUPPLEMENTAL LINE OF CREDIT - ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
     4.1  Schedules.  To facilitate Gehl Company's borrowings and the
          maintenance of ITT's records, Gehl Company will, no less than
          monthly or as otherwise agreed to, furnish ITT with a schedule of
          Inventory ("Inventory Schedule") and a schedule of Retail Accounts
          ("Retail Accounts Schedule").  The Inventory Schedule shall specify
          Gehl Company's cost of Inventory, and such other matters and
          information relating to Inventory as ITT may from time to time
          request, and such Retail Accounts Schedule shall describe all Retail
          Accounts and Ineligible Accounts, in such manner as ITT may from
          time to time request, created or acquired by Gehl Company since the
          last Retail Accounts Schedule furnished ITT (which are readily
          traceable to Gehl Company's subordinate accounts receivable journal
          or general ledger accounts).  However, failure to provide any such
          Schedules in a timely manner will not impair ITT's rights and
          security interest with respect to all of the Inventory or Retail
          Accounts.
     4.2  Available Credit.  On receipt of each Inventory Schedule and Retail
          Account Schedule, ITT will credit Gehl Company at the following
          percentages of the net amount of the Eligible Inventory and Eligible
          Retail Accounts, respectively, listed in such Schedule:

          Finished Goods                                                   75%
          Service Parts                                                    25%
          Eligible Retail Accounts (except Eligible Repurchased Retail
          Accounts)                                                        75%
          Eligible Repurchased Retail Accounts                             50%

          ITT will loan Gehl Company, on request, such amounts so credited or
          a part thereof as provided by the terms of Section 2.1 and this
          section; provided, however, that the outstanding principal balance
          of all advances or loans made on Eligible Repurchased Retail
          Accounts will at no time exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00). 
          No advances or loans need be made by ITT if Gehl Company is in
          Default.
     4.3  Payments.  Payments shall be made in accordance with Section 2.2
          above.
     4.4  Warranties and Representations.    Gehl Company warrants and
          represents to ITT and covenants and agrees with ITT that:  (a)
          Inventory will be kept only at the locations identified in Exhibit
          A, except for demonstrator or repossessed inventory listed in Gehl
          Company's monthly memorandums to ITT, (b) Gehl Company now keeps and
          will keep correct and accurate records itemizing and describing the
          kind, type, quality and quantity of Inventory, Gehl Company's cost
          therefor and the selling price thereof, and the monthly withdrawals  
          of Finished Goods and Service Parts therefrom; (c) Inventory is not
          and will not be stored with a bailee, repairman, warehouseman or
          similar party without ITT's prior written consent, and Gehl Company
          will, concurrently with delivery to such party, cause any such party
          to issue and deliver to ITT, in form acceptable to ITT, warehouse
          receipts, in ITT's name evidencing the storage of such Inventory,
          and waivers of warehouseman's liens in favor of ITT; (d) ITT and its
          agents and representatives may, from time to time upon demand,
          during Gehl Company's usual business hours, inspect and examine
          Inventory and check and test the same as to quality, quantity, value
          and condition, and any collection by ITT of any amounts Gehl Company
          owes ITT under this Agreement at or during ITT's examination of the
          Inventory will not relieve Gehl Company of its continuing obligation
          to pay its Obligations owed to ITT in strict accordance with the
          terms of this Agreement; (e) Gehl Company will pay all taxes, rents,
          business taxes, and the like on the premises where the Inventory is
          located; and (f) Gehl Company will not rent, lease, lend,
          demonstrate, pledge, transfer or secrete any of the Inventory or use
          any of the Inventory for any purpose other than demonstration,
          exhibition and sale to buyers in the ordinary course of business,
          without ITT's prior written consent.
     4.5  Revisions.  ITT, after consulting with Gehl Company, may in its sole
          discretion using reasonable business judgment in good faith, and
          after giving Gehl Company three (3) business days to respond,
          declare amounts of the Inventory and Retail Accounts ineligible. 
          ITT need not advance on Inventory, including Finished Goods and
          Service Parts and attachments thereto, which it deems obsolete.
     4.6  Release of Security Interest.  ITT agrees at Gehl Company's request
          to release its security interest in Retail Chattel Paper for the
          purpose of sale of the Retail Chattel Paper to third parties so long
          as proceeds of such sale of the Retail Chatter Paper are deposited
          in the Lockbox Account.

5.  SECURITY - COLLATERAL
     5.1  Grant.  To secure Gehl Company's payment of the Obligations and to
          secure Gehl Company's performance of all of the provisions under
          this Agreement and the Other Agreements, Gehl Company grants ITT a
          security interest in all inventory, equipment, fixtures, accounts,
          contract rights, chattel paper, instruments, reserves, documents of
          title, deposit accounts, and general intangibles, whether now owned
          or hereafter acquired by Gehl Company, and all attachments, parts,
          accessories, accessions, substitutions and replacements thereto, all
          trade secrets, patents, inventions and other proprietary
          information, trademarks, service marks, technical know-how, quality
          control standards, business names and the goodwill of the business
          relating thereto, all copyrights and all tangible property embodying
          the copyrights and all license agreements relating to any of the
          foregoing and income from such license agreements and the right to
          sue for all past, present and future infringements of the foregoing
          and any and all other items of intellectual property, whether now
          owned or hereafter acquired, and all proceeds of any of the
          foregoing.  All of the above assets are hereinafter collectively
          referred to as "Collateral."  Gehl Company covenants with ITT that: 
          (a) ITT may realize upon all or part of any collateral in any order  
          it desires and any realization by any means upon any collateral will
          not bar realization upon any other collateral; and (b) the security
          hereby created is a continuing security interest and will secure the
          payment of all present and future Obligations pursuant to this
          Agreement and the Other Agreements.
     5.2  Instruments.  Gehl Company will execute and deliver to ITT, or cause
          to be executed and delivered, at such time or times as ITT may
          request, all financing statements, security agreements, assignments,
          certificates, affidavits, reports, schedules of accounts, and other
          documents and instruments that ITT may deem necessary to perfect and
          maintain perfected ITT's security interests in the Collateral and to
          fully consummate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement
          and the Other Agreements.  Gehl Company will make appropriate
          entries on its books and records disclosing ITT's security interests
          in the Collateral.

6.   WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS
     6.1  Affirmative Warranties and Representations.  Except as otherwise
          specifically provided in the Other Agreements, Gehl Company warrants
          and represents to ITT that:  (a) Gehl Company has good and valid
          title to all Collateral, all Accounts are secured by a perfected,
          first security interest in all Inventory of any Dealer financed by
          Gehl Company, and ITT's security interest in the Collateral is now
          and will at all times constitute a perfected, first security
          interest in such Collateral; (b) ITT's security interest in the
          Collateral is not now and will not become subordinate to the
          security interest, lien, encumbrance or claim of any Person; (c)
          Gehl Company is and will at all times during the term of this
          Agreement be a corporation duly organized, existing and in good
          standing under the laws of the state of Wisconsin and qualified and
          licensed to do business in each state, county, or parish, in which
          the nature of its business or property requires it be qualified or
          licensed; (d) Gehl Company has the right and is duly authorized to
          enter into this Agreement and the Other Agreements; (e) Gehl
          Company's execution of this Agreement and the Other Agreements does
          not constitute a breach of any provision contained in Gehl Company's
          articles of incorporation or by-laws or in any agreement to which
          Gehl Company is now or hereafter becomes a party or by which Gehl
          Company is, may or hereafter becomes or may become bound; (f) all
          financial statements and information relating to Gehl Company which
          have been delivered by Gehl Company to ITT are true and correct and
          have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
          principles and there has been no material adverse change in the
          financial or business condition of Gehl Company since the submission
          of any such financial information to ITT; (g) there are no actions
          or proceedings pending or threatened against Gehl Company which can
          be reasonably expected to result in any material adverse change in
          Gehl Company's financial or business condition or which in any
          material way adversely affect any of Gehl Company's assets; (h) Gehl
          Company will maintain all of its properties in good condition and
          repair and pay and discharge all costs of repair and maintenance
          thereof and all rental and mortgage payments and related charges
          pertaining thereto; (i) Gehl Company has duly filed and will
          hereafter duly file all federal, state, local and other governmental  
          tax returns which it is required by law to file; (j) all taxes,
          levies, assessments and governmental charges of any nature which are
          or may be due by Gehl Company have been fully paid and Gehl Company
          will promptly pay when due all such tax liabilities which may
          hereafter accrue, unless contested in good faith by Gehl Company
          with written notice to ITT, and Gehl Company will promptly notify
          ITT of any tax liens filed against its assets; (k) Gehl Company will
          maintain a standard and modern system of accounting in accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles and ledger and account
          records which contain such information as may be requested by ITT;
          (l) Gehl Company will at all times permit ITT (or any Person
          designated by it) upon demand, during Gehl Company's usual business
          hours, to have access to and examine the Collateral, Gehl Company's
          other assets and Gehl Company's books and records and, in connection
          with the latter, permit the copying of the same; (m) Gehl Company
          will deliver to ITT (1) within ninety (90) days after the end of
          each of Gehl Company's fiscal years, a reasonably detailed balance
          sheet and a reasonably detailed profit and loss statement covering
          Gehl Company's operations for such fiscal year, certified by an
          independent certified public accountant satisfactory to ITT, and a
          copy of Gehl Company's Form 10-K annual report to the Securities and
          Exchange Commission ("SEC"); (2) within forty-five (45) days after
          the end of each of Gehl Company's fiscal quarters, Gehl Company will
          deliver to ITT a reasonably detailed balance sheet as of the last
          day of such quarter and a profit and loss statement covering Gehl
          Company's operations for such quarter prepared in accordance with
          GAAP, and a copy of Gehl Company's Form 10-Q quarterly report to the
          SEC; (3) within thirty (30) days after the end of each of Gehl
          Company's fiscal months, Gehl Company will deliver to ITT a
          reasonably detailed balance sheet as of the last day of such month
          and a profit and loss statement covering Gehl Company's operations
          for such month; and (4) within (10) days after request therefor by
          ITT, any other report reasonably requested by ITT relating to the
          Collateral or the financial condition of Gehl Company; (n) Gehl
          Company will promptly supply ITT with such other information
          concerning its affairs as ITT hereafter may reasonably request; (o)
          Gehl Company will give ITT thirty (30) days advance notice prior to
          any change in Gehl Company's identity, name, form of ownership or
          management and any change in its principal place of business,
          additions or discontinuances of any locations; (p) Gehl Company, at
          its sole expense, will keep and maintain the Collateral insured for
          its full insurable value against loss or damage under an "all risk"
          property insurance policy.  All Policies will be in form, with "A
          minus" rated insurance companies or better, and in amounts
          satisfactory to ITT.  Gehl Company will deliver to ITT upon ITT's
          request, true and correct copies of the Policies as well as such
          evidence of insurance as ITT may require, and evidence of payment of
          all premiums therefor.  Each of the Policies will contain an
          endorsement, in a form satisfactory to ITT, showing loss payable to
          ITT as its interests may appear.  Each insurer will agree, by
          endorsement upon the Policy issued by it or by independent
          instruments furnished to ITT, that it will give ITT at least ten
          (10) days written notice before any Policy is altered or cancelled
          and that no act or default of Gehl Company or any other Person will  
          affect the right of ITT to recover under the Policies.  Gehl Company
          hereby directs all insurers under the Policies to pay the proceeds
          as ITT's interests may appear directly to ITT; (q) Gehl Company will
          observe and perform all matters necessary or expedient to be
          observed or performed under or by virtue of any lease, license,
          concession or franchise forming part of the Collateral in order to
          preserve, protect and maintain all the rights of ITT thereunder; (r)
          Gehl Company, upon ITT's request, will pledge, mortgage and convey
          to ITT real properties to secure the payment and performance of its
          current and future Obligations to ITT; (s) Gehl Company will advise
          ITT of the commencement or institution of legal proceedings against
          Gehl Company before any court, administrative board or tribunal
          which Gehl Company management reasonably believes seeks damages or
          which may result in liability in excess of $100,000.00; (t) Gehl
          Company will diligently maintain, use and operate the Collateral and
          will conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner so as to
          preserve and protect the Collateral and the earnings, incomes, rents
          and profits thereof; (u) it will not revise or amend any documents,
          instruments, security agreements and other agreements executed by
          any Dealer with or for the benefit of Gehl Company to document any
          Account without the express written consent of ITT, which consent
          will not be unreasonably withheld, except for discounts and
          deductions as provided in Section 3.4(g); and (v) other than Gehl
          International, Gehl Company has no subsidiaries or affiliates other
          than those set forth at the top of the first page of this Agreement.
     6.2. Negative Covenants.  Gehl Company will not at any time (without
          ITT's prior written consent):  (a) except to ITT, grant to or in
          favor of any Person a security interest in or permit to exist a
          lien, claim or encumbrance in the Collateral except for any lien,
          claim or encumbrance: (i) that secures an obligation incurred in the
          ordinary course of business and which obligation is not delinquent;
          (ii) that is subordinated to ITT in a form acceptable to ITT; or
          (iii) is permitted by the terms of this Agreement; (b) other than in
          the ordinary course of its business, sell, lease or otherwise
          dispose of or transfer any of its assets or make any distribution of
          Gehl Company's property or assets which might in any material way
          adversely affect the ability of Gehl Company to repay the
          Obligations; (c) grant a lien in or pledge any real properties to
          any third party without ITT's prior written consent or further
          encumber after the date of this Agreement any real properties set
          forth in Exhibit B hereto; (d) merge or consolidate with another
          corporation; (e) acquire any other corporation which might in any
          material way adversely affect the ability of Gehl Company to repay
          the Obligations; (f) enter into any transaction not in the usual
          course of its business which might in any material way adversely
          affect the ability of Gehl Company to repay the Obligations; (g)
          guarantee or indemnify or otherwise become in any way liable with
          respect to the obligations of any Person which might in any material
          way adversely affect the ability of Gehl Company to repay the
          Obligations, except by endorsement of instruments or items of
          payment for deposit to the general account of Gehl Company or which
          are transmitted or turned over to ITT on account of the Obligations;
          (h) redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or
          indirectly, any of Gehl Company's capital stock; (i) make any change  
          in Gehl Company's capital structure or in any of its business
          objectives, purposes or operations which might in any material way
          adversely affect the ability of Gehl Company to repay the
          Obligations; and (j) make any loans, advances, contributions or
          payments of money or goods to any present subsidiary, affiliated or
          parent corporation other than in the ordinary course of business, or
          to any officer, director or stockholder of Gehl Company or of any
          such corporation not to exceed $500,000.00 (except for compensation
          for personal services actually rendered).
     6.3  Financial Covenants.  Gehl Company will at all times maintain a
          Tangible Net Worth and Subordinated Debt in the combined amount of
          not less than the sum of (a) THIRTY TWO MILLION DOLLARS
          ($32,000,000.00), plus (b) the cumulative positive consolidated Net
          Income for each calendar quarter, commencing with Gehl Company's Net
          Income earned for the calendar quarter ending December 31, 1994 (Net
          Losses for any calendar quarter shall not, however, reduce the
          minimum amount required under this paragraph); provided, however, at
          such time as Gehl Company's financial statements provided to ITT
          pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement indicate that Gehl
          Company's Tangible Net Worth and Subordinated Debt is at least
          Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00), the amount required to
          be maintained hereunder will thereafter no longer be increased on a
          quarterly basis for Gehl Company's Net Income, and Gehl Company will
          at all times thereafter maintain a Tangible Net Worth and
          Subordinated Debt in the combined amount of not less than Thirty
          Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00).  Gehl Company will also at
          all times maintain a ratio of Debt to Tangible Net Worth and
          Subordinated Debt of not more than three and six tenths to one
          (3.6:1).  For purposes of this Section:  (i) "Debt" means the total
          sum of all creditor claims against Gehl Company minus Subordinated
          Debt; (ii) "Tangible Net Worth" means the net book value of assets
          less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis and in
          accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")
          consistently applied, excluding from such assets all Intangibles;
          (iii) "Intangibles" means and includes general intangibles (as that
          term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), accounts receivable
          from officers, directors and stockholders, and affiliated companies,
          leasehold improvements net of depreciation, licenses, good will,
          prepaid expenses, covenants not to compete, the excess of cost over
          book value of acquired assets, franchise fees, organizational costs,
          finance reserves held for recourse obligations, capitalized research
          and development costs, the categories of assets listed on Exhibit C
          attached hereto which are marked as "intangible," and such similar
          intangible assets under GAAP; (iv) "Subordinated Debt" means all of
          Gehl Company's indebtedness which is subordinated to the payment of
          its liabilities to ITT by an agreement in form and substance
          satisfactory to ITT; and (v) "Net Income" and "Net Losses" mean the
          net income or net loss of Gehl Company for such period after
          provision for income taxes, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
          Gehl Company will report its Tangible Net Worth and Debt to Tangible
          Net Worth ratio to ITT quarterly, in accordance with Section
          6.1(m)(2) of this Agreement.  If Gehl Company violates any of the
          foregoing financial covenants to ITT, the parties agree: (a) that
          Gehl Company will pay interest to ITT, payable as provided in  
          Section 2.1, on the average daily outstanding balance under the
          Credit Facility, at a rate that is the lesser of (i) Three percent
          (3.0%) per annum higher than the daily Prime Rate in effect and (ii)
          the highest rate from time to time permitted by applicable law, from
          the time in which Gehl Company violates any of the financial
          covenants until such time as Gehl Company has cured its violation of
          its financial covenants to ITT; (b) that ITT may elect, in its sole
          discretion, to amend its eligibility formula of and its advance rate
          against the Accounts; and (c) that ITT may elect to declare Gehl
          Company in default under this Agreement and exercise any of its
          rights pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement.

7.   DEFAULT
     7.1  Definition.  Any one or more of the following events will constitute
          a Default by Gehl Company under this Agreement and the Other
          Agreements, provided that ITT shall allow Gehl Company from the time
          ITT notifies Gehl Company in writing of said Defaults, five (5) days
          to fully remedy monetary defaults, and fifteen (15) days to fully
          remedy non-monetary defaults: (a) Gehl Company fails to perform any
          term, condition, covenant, or breaches or permits a breach of any
          warranty or representation contained in this Agreement, except for
          Section 3.4, in which case Section 3.3(h) would apply, or in any of
          the Other Agreements; (b) any representation, statement, report, or
          certificate made or delivered by Gehl Company or any of its
          officers, employees, or agents to ITT is not true and correct in any
          material manner as of the date when made or given; (c) Gehl Company
          fails to immediately pay any of the Obligations when due and payable
          or declared to be due and payable; (d) ITT believing in good faith
          that the prospect of payment of any material amount of the
          Obligations secured hereby is impaired, and after thirty (30) days
          of said notice to Gehl Company [inclusive of the foregoing fifteen
          (15) day cure period] Gehl Company has not fully satisfied ITT on a
          reasonable basis that the payment of any material amount of the
          Obligations is not impaired; (e) Gehl Company shall sell, transfer,
          convey, exchange, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, grant a
          security interest in or otherwise dispose of or in any way part with
          the possession of the Collateral, other than in the ordinary course
          of business or as permitted under this Agreement; (f) Gehl Company
          removes, other than by sale to the extent allowed under this
          Agreement, any part of the Collateral from the Gehl Company's
          locations specified above without providing ITT with at least thirty
          (30) days prior notice of said removal; (g) Gehl Company abandons
          the Collateral or any part thereof; (h) judgment issues on any money
          demand against Gehl Company in which the loss to Gehl Company
          excluding amounts covered by insurance is in excess of
          $1,000,000.00, excluding judgments that are paid, appealed or fully
          satisfied within sixty (60) days; (i) an attachment, sale or seizure
          is issued against Gehl Company or any of the Collateral which causes
          the Obligations to exceed the Maximum Line of Credit; (j) Any part
          of the Collateral is seized or taken in execution which causes the
          Obligations to exceed the Maximum Line of Credit; (k) Gehl Company
          ceases or suspends business; (l) Gehl Company makes a general
          assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (m) Gehl Company
          becomes bankrupt or insolvent or becomes subject to the provisions  
          of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, state insolvency laws or any Act or
          Code for the benefit of creditors; (n) any receiver is appointed by
          any court for any of the assets, of the Gehl Company; (o) Gehl
          Company is in default in excess of $1,000,000.00, with or without
          the passage of time and/or giving of notice, under any agreement,
          contract, document, promissory note or other instrument entered into
          with or for the benefit of ITT or any third party, for any reason
          whatsoever; (p) Gehl Company is in material default under the terms
          of any of the Other Agreements; or (q) Gehl Company misrepresents
          its respective financial condition or organizational structure in
          any material manner.
     7.2  Rights of ITT.  In the event of a Default, and, in the case of
          clauses (c) and (d) hereunder, acceleration of the Obligations by
          ITT, ITT may, at its election, agree to waive such Default in
          writing, or without demand, do any one or more of the following: 
          (a) declare all or any of the Obligations immediately due and
          payable together with all costs and expenses of ITT's repossession
          and collection activity, including, but not limited to, reasonable
          attorney's fees or the amount legally permitted; (b) cease advancing
          money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Gehl Company; (c)
          exercise any or all of the rights accruing to a secured party, upon
          default by a debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code and any other
          applicable law including, without limitation, exercising any and all
          of Gehl Company's rights under any security agreements relating to
          the Inventory; (d) at its sole election and without demand and in
          accordance with applicable law and agreements with other Persons,
          enter, with or without process of law, any premises where Collateral
          might be and, without charge or liability to ITT therefor do one or
          more of the following: (i) take possession of the Collateral and use
          or store it in said premises or remove it to such other place or
          places as ITT may deem convenient; (ii) exercise an irrevocable
          license to come upon such premises and place a custodian in the
          exclusive control of the Collateral until completion of enforcement
          of ITT's security interest in the Collateral or until ITT's removal
          of the Collateral, and (iii) remain on such premises and use the
          same, together with Gehl Company's materials, supplies, books and
          records, for the purpose of liquidating or collecting such
          Collateral and conducting and preparing for disposition of such
          Collateral; and (e) exercise any and all rights pursuant to Section
          3.9 of this Agreement.
     7.3  Gehl Company's Obligations.  In the event of a Default, Gehl Company
          will, if ITT requests, in accordance with applicable law and
          agreements with other Persons, assemble the Collateral and make it
          available to ITT at a place or places to be designated by ITT.  All
          of ITT's rights and remedies granted under this Agreement and Other
          Agreements are cumulative and non-exclusive.
     7.4  Waiver.  In the event of a Default, Gehl Company waives and
          releases, except for instances of ITT's gross negligence or willful
          misconduct:  any claims and causes of action which it may now or
          ever have against ITT as a direct or indirect result of any
          possession, repossession, collection or sale by ITT of any of the
          Collateral, notwithstanding the effect of such possession,
          repossession, collection or sale upon Gehl Company's business; and
          the benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption laws.   

8.   MISCELLANEOUS
     8.1  Term.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof
          and terminate on December 31, 1997.  This Agreement may not be
          terminated by either party prior to December 31, 1997, other than as
          a result of any Default by Gehl Company, or any default by ITT,
          hereunder.  Gehl Company and ITT agree that in the event that this
          Agreement shall have been terminated by Gehl Company prior to
          January 1, 1997, ITT's liquidated damages hereunder shall include,
          in addition to principal, interest, charges, and expense
          reimbursements that are then owed and unpaid, (i) an amount equal to
          all annual charges described in Section 2.1.2 which would have been
          payable from the date of termination, through December 31, 1996, and
          (ii) One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).  Gehl Company
          agrees that ITT's actual damages in such event are difficult to
          calculate, and that such measure of damages reflects a fair and
          reasonable agreement.  Such damages shall be payable immediately,
          upon the date of termination, without discount to present value.  In
          no event shall Gehl Company be entitled to the return of all or any
          portion of any annual or other charge payable hereunder,
          notwithstanding any subsequent termination hereof.  Gehl Company's
          obligation to pay the non-use of credit facility fee described in
          Section 2.1.4 above for calendar year 1997 shall survive the
          termination of this Agreement and be due and payable by January 15,
          1998.  The parties agree to consider and negotiate in good faith an
          extension or renewal of this Agreement beginning not later than six
          (6) months prior to the termination date hereof.
     8.2  Collection.  Checks and other instruments delivered to ITT on
          account of the Obligations will constitute conditional payment until
          such items are actually paid to ITT.  Gehl Company waives the right
          to direct the application of any payments hereafter received by ITT
          on account of the Obligations.  ITT will have the continuing
          exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all such payments in
          such manner as ITT may deem advisable notwithstanding any entry by
          ITT upon its books and records.
     8.3  Demand, Etc.  Gehl Company waives, except as otherwise expressly set
          forth in this Agreement:  (a) demand, protest and all notices of
          protest, default or dishonor; (b) all notices of payment and non-
          payment; and (c) all notices of default, non-payment at maturity,
          release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all
          commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments,
          chattel paper and guarantees at any time held by ITT on which Gehl
          Company may, in any way, be liable and Gehl Company hereby ratifies
          and confirms whatever ITT may do in that regard.
     8.4  Additional Obligations.  ITT, without waiving or releasing any
          Obligation or Default, upon Default, may perform any Obligations
          that Gehl Company fails or refuses to perform, and, ITT may, but
          will be under no obligation so to do, pay, acquire or accept any
          assignment of any security interest, lien, encumbrance or claim
          against the Collateral asserted by any Person.  All sums paid by ITT
          in performing in satisfaction or on account of the foregoing and any
          expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, court costs, and
          other charges relating thereto, will be a part of the Obligations,
          payable on demand and secured by the Collateral.
     8.5  Alteration/Waiver.  This Agreement and the Other Agreements may not  
          be altered or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by
          Gehl Company and ITT.  If ITT at any time dispenses with any
          requirements specified in this Agreement or any of the Other
          Agreements, such dispensation may be revoked by ITT at any time and
          will not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any such requirement
          subsequent thereto.  ITT's failure to require strict performance by
          Gehl Company of any undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties
          and representations will not waive, affect or diminish any right of
          ITT thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance.  Any
          waiver by ITT of any Default will not waive or affect any other
          default by Gehl Company under this Agreement or any of the Other
          Agreements, whether such Default is prior or subsequent to such
          other default and whether of the same or a different type.  None of
          the undertakings, agreements, warranties and representations of Gehl
          Company contained in this Agreement or the Other Agreements and no
          Default will be deemed waived by ITT unless such waiver is by a
          written instrument specifying such waiver signed by an officer of
          ITT and directed to Gehl Company.
     8.6  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the Other
          Agreements or the application thereof is held invalid or
          unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the Other
          Agreements will not be affected thereby, the provisions of this
          Agreement and the Other Agreements being severable in any such
          instance.
     8.7  One Loan.  All loans and advances heretofore, now or hereafter made
          by ITT to Gehl Company under this Agreement or the Other Agreements
          will constitute one loan secured by ITT's security interests in the
          Collateral and by all other security interests, liens and
          encumbrances heretofore, now or hereafter granted by Gehl Company to
          ITT.
     8.8  Additional Collateral.  All monies, reserves and proceeds received
          or collected by ITT with respect to Accounts and other property of
          Gehl Company provided by Gehl Company to ITT, in possession of ITT
          at any time or times hereafter are hereby pledged by Gehl Company to
          ITT as security for the payment of the Obligations and may be held
          by ITT (without interest to Gehl Company) until all Obligations are
          paid in full or, at any time or times, applied by ITT on account of
          the Obligations.  ITT may release to Gehl Company such portions of
          such monies, reserves, proceeds and other property as ITT may
          determine.
     8.9  Exclusion of Equities.  The Obligations hereby secured will be paid
          without regard to any equities between Gehl Company and ITT or any
          intermediate holder hereof or to any set-off or counterclaim.
     8.10 No Merger or Novation.  Neither the taking of any judgment nor the
          exercise of any power of seizure or sale will operate to extinguish
          the Obligations secured by this Agreement and will not operate as a
          merger of any covenant in this Agreement.  The acceptance of any
          payment or alternate security will not constitute or create a
          novation and the taking of a judgment under a covenant herein
          contained will not operate as a merger of that covenant or affect
          ITT's right to interest under this Agreement.
     8.11 Entire Agreement.  Time is of the essence hereof.  This Agreement,
          together with the Other Agreements and any other documents to be
          delivered pursuant hereto and thereto, constitutes the entire  
          Agreement between the Gehl Company and ITT pertaining to the subject
          matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings,
          negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, with respect
          to the subject matter hereof.
     8.12 Paragraph Titles.  The Section titles used in this Agreement are for
          convenience only and do not define or limit the contents of any
          Section.
     8.13 Binding Effect.  This Agreement and the Other Agreements will be
          binding upon and inure to the benefit of ITT and Gehl Company and
          their respective successors and assigns but Gehl Company will have
          no right to assign this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements
          without the prior written consent of ITT.  If ITT assigns all of its
          rights under this Agreement to any Person, Gehl Company will have
          the right to terminate this Agreement, only within the thirty (30)
          day period immediately following its receipt of written notice from
          ITT or its assignee that ITT has assigned all of its rights under
          this Agreement, and upon any such timely termination, Gehl Company
          will be relieved of its obligations to pay charges pursuant to
          Sections 2.1.2 and 8.1 for the unexpired term of this Agreement. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, ITT may assign
          participation interests in this Agreement to other Persons without
          relieving Gehl Company of its obligations to pay charges pursuant to
          Sections 2.1.2 and 8.1, provided that ITT remains the lead lender
          and Gehl Company consents to said participations, which consent will
          not be unreasonably withheld.
     8.14 Submission by Gehl Company.  This Agreement and the Other Agreements
          are submitted by Gehl Company to ITT (for ITT's acceptance or
          rejection thereof) at ITT's place of business specified at the
          beginning of this Agreement, as an offer by Gehl Company to borrow
          monies from ITT.  If accepted by ITT, this Agreement and the Other
          Agreements will be deemed to have been made at ITT's said place of
          business.
     8.15 Recourse Obligations.  Gehl Company specifically acknowledges and
          agrees that the Obligations, including without limitation, repayment
          of all advances made by ITT pursuant to the Maximum Line of Credit
          are full recourse obligations of Gehl Company, notwithstanding Gehl
          Company's grant of a security interest in the Collateral, and
          assignment of the Accounts, and any foreclosure of ITT's interests
          therein.
     8.16 Electronic Transfer Instructions.  All payments under this Agreement
          shall be made in immediately available funds by the end of the day
          on the same day as requested pursuant to this Agreement, provided
          that said request for payment is made by 11:00 a.m., in accordance
          with the transfer instructions set forth below or as changed from
          time to time by one party with prior written notice given to the
          other:

               If to Gehl Company:

               Bank One - Milwaukee, N.A.
               ABA Number: 075-00-00-19
               Reference: Gehl Company
               Account Number: 29-42-92  

               If to ITT:

               Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis
               ABA Number: 081000032
               Reference: ITT Commercial Finance Corp.
               Account Number: 100-101225551

     8.17 Mutual Cooperation.  The parties hereto agree to negotiate, in good
          faith, any other matters related to this Agreement that are not
          otherwise set forth in this Agreement.
     8.18 Notices.  All notices sent pursuant to this Agreement will be sent
          to the parties addresses set forth on the first page of this
          Agreement, and if sent, first class, postage pre-paid, will be
          deemed accepted three (3) days after said notice was mailed.
     8.19 Previous Agreement.  This Agreement amends and supplements that
          certain Loan and Security Agreement dated October 21, 1993, as
          amended, between the parties.  If the terms hereof conflict with the
          terms of such prior Loan and Security Agreement, the terms of this
          Agreement will govern.

9.   BINDING ARBITRATION.  
     9.1  Arbitrators.  Except as otherwise specifically provided below, all
          actions, disputes, claims and controversies heretofore or hereafter
          arising out of or directly or indirectly relating to (a) this
          Agreement and/or any renewals, extensions, changes, amendments,
          addenda, additions or modifications hereto, or the breach,
          invalidity or termination hereof, (b) any subsequent agreement
          entered into between the parties hereto, (c) any previous agreement
          entered into between the parties hereto, (d) any relationship or
          business dealings between the parties hereto, and/or (e) the
          transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any previous or
          subsequent agreement between the parties hereto (collectively the
          "Disputes"), will be subject to and resolved by binding arbitration
          pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules in effect from time to
          time ("Rules") of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA").  If
          the Rules are cancelled and/or the AAA dissolves or disbands, the
          parties will remain subject to binding arbitration which will be
          conducted by a mutually agreeable arbitral forum.  The arbitrator(s)
          selected to arbitrate the Disputes will decide whether any
          inconsistency exists between the Rules and the arbitration
          provisions contained herein.  If the arbitrator(s) determines
          (determine) that such an inconsistency exists, the arbitration
          provisions contained herein will control and supersede the Rules,
          and the arbitrator(s) will apply the arbitration provisions
          contained herein.  Any fees resulting from any hearing by the
          arbitrator(s) on any such inconsistency will be shared equally by
          the parties.
     9.2  Jurisdiction.  The parties to this Agreement agree that the locale
          and situs of all arbitration provided for herein will be in the
          Division of the Federal Judicial District closest to St. Louis
          Missouri.  The parties to this Agreement also agree that the laws of
          the State of MISSOURI will govern this Agreement and all arbitration
          hereunder, and that the arbitrator(s) shall interpret this Agreement
          in accordance with and shall comply with the laws of such state;  
          provided, however, when the jurisdictional requirements of the
          Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C., Sections 1-14 (1982), ("FAA") are
          satisfied, the FAA shall, with respect to all Disputes within the
          scope of the FAA, supersede the laws of such state, and the FAA will
          govern the arbitration hereunder and be applied by the
          arbitrator(s).  The parties agree that this Agreement evidences
          transactions involving commerce among the several states.
     9.3  Scope.  Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to prevent
          either party's use of bankruptcy, receivership, injunction,
          repossession, replevin, claim and delivery, sequestration, seizure,
          attachment, foreclosure, dation, direct collection from obligors
          and/or any other prejudgment or provisional action or remedy
          relating to any collateral or security for any contractual debts now
          or hereafter owed by either party to the other under this Agreement,
          any previous agreement entered into between the parties, any
          subsequent agreement entered into between the parties and/or any
          renewals, extensions, changes, amendments, addenda, additions or
          modifications thereto.  The institution and maintenance of an action
          for judicial relief in pursuit of any such prejudgment or
          provisional remedies will not constitute a waiver of the right of
          any party, including the plaintiff, to compel arbitration of any
          Disputes subject to arbitration as provided herein.  If, however,
          either party brings any other action for judicial relief with
          respect to any Disputes that the parties have agreed to arbitrate
          under the terms of this Agreement, the party who brought such action
          will be liable for and will immediately pay to the other party all
          of the other party's costs and expenses (including attorney's fees)
          incurred by the other party to stay such action and remove or refer
          such Disputes to arbitration.  Without limiting the foregoing, the
          parties hereto further specifically and expressly agree that all
          Disputes arising under common law, statutory law and in equity,
          including, without limitation, all tort Disputes (including, without
          limitation, Disputes for negligence, breach of fiduciary duty,
          restraint of trade, fraud, conversion, duress, interference,
          wrongful replevin, wrongful sequestration and all other intentional
          and unintentional torts) and all Disputes involving issues of
          implied contract, deceptive trade practices and the reasonableness
          or lawfulness of any act (including, without limitation, implied
          covenants of good faith, fair dealing, commercial reasonableness of
          the disposition of any collateral and similar matter), will be
          subject to binding arbitration pursuant to the terms stated herein.
     9.4  Procedure.  In any Disputes arbitrated pursuant to the terms of this
          Agreement, the arbitrator(s) is(are) specifically empowered to hear
          and decide pre-hearing motions to dismiss such Disputes and for
          summary judgment on such Disputes.  The parties agree to permit
          discovery proceedings of the type provided by the Federal Rules of
          Civil Procedure both in advance and during recesses of the
          arbitration hearings, but only with respect to any Disputes
          arbitrated where the amount in controversy is at least $250,000.00. 
          Any disagreements relating to such discovery will be resolved by the
          arbitrator(s) after a hearing by such arbitrator(s).  All
          arbitration proceedings conducted hereunder will be conducted on a
          confidential basis and all awards granted thereunder will be kept
          confidential.  Any award, judgment or order rendered by the  
          arbitrator(s) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement may be entered
          and enforced by either party in any state or federal court having
          competent jurisdiction.  Each party agrees to submit to the
          jurisdiction of any such court for purposes of enforcement of any
          such award, order or judgment.  Any award, judgment or order
          rendered by the arbitrator(s) pursuant to such arbitration will be
          included in a written decision signed by the arbitrator(s) joining
          therein, which will specify the reasons upon which the award,
          judgment or order was based, including all of the elements involved
          in the calculation of any award of damages.  The arbitrator(s) will
          deliver a copy of the award, judgment or order rendered by the
          arbitrator(s) and the written decision to the parties personally or
          by U.S. mail to the parties' addresses specified in this Agreement.
     9.5  Limitations/Notices.  Any arbitration proceeding must be instituted
          within thirteen (13) months after the date:  (a) the last payment
          was received by the instituting party with respect to any Dispute
          for the collection of contractual debts, now or hereafter owed by
          either party to the other, that the parties have agreed to arbitrate
          hereunder; or (b) the incident giving rise to the Dispute initially
          occurred (regardless of whether any damage was sustained or capable
          of ascertainment at such time, or whether either party had any
          knowledge of the occurrence of such Dispute at such time) with
          respect to any other type of Dispute that the parties have agreed to
          arbitrate hereunder.  Failure to institute an arbitration proceeding
          within such period will constitute an absolute bar to the
          institution of any proceeding with respect to such Dispute and a
          waiver thereof.  All notices that ITT sends to Gehl Company will be
          sufficiently given if mailed or delivered to Gehl Company at the
          address specified above.  All notices that Gehl Company sends to ITT
          will be sufficiently given if mailed or delivered to ITT at:  8251
          Maryland Avenue, Clayton, Missouri 63105, Attention:  General
          Counsel, or such other address as ITT may specify from time to time.
     9.6  Parties.  No arbitration arising under the terms of this Agreement
          will include, by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, any
          additional Person not a party to this Agreement, except:  (a) for
          any guarantor(s) of our liabilities and obligations to you under
          this Agreement, if such guarantor(s) has(have) agreed in writing to
          arbitrate pursuant to the arbitration provisions contained in this
          Agreement and the Rules, and to abide by and perform any award
          rendered pursuant thereto; and (b) for any other Person(s), who
          has(have) agreed to arbitrate pursuant to the arbitration provisions
          contained in this Agreement and the Rules and to abide by and
          perform any award rendered pursuant thereto, but only upon the prior
          written consent of both parties hereto.  Any consent to arbitration
          involving such guarantor(s) or other Person(s) will not constitute
          consent to arbitrate any dispute that is not an arbitrable Dispute
          under the terms of this Agreement or with any Person not
          specifically named therein.
     9.7  Expenses.  If either party brings legal action to vacate or modify
          the arbitrator's(s') award and such party does not prevail, such
          party will pay all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees,
          incurred by the other party in defending such action.  Such costs
          and expenses will also be assessed against the petitioning party who
          does not prevail in any subsequent appellate action.  
     9.8  No Jury Trial.  If the arbitration provisions contained in this
          Agreement are invalid or their application is invalid or
          unenforceable, thereby allowing the parties to resolve their
          Disputes outside of arbitration, the parties hereby agree that any
          legal proceeding with respect to any Disputes in which the parties
          or any of their affiliates or successors are parties, will be tried
          in a court of competent jurisdiction by a judge without a jury.  The
          parties hereby waive any right to a jury trial in any such
          proceeding.

THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS BINDING ARBITRATION AND JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS WHICH
MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Gehl Company has read this entire Agreement and
executed this Agreement by its corporate officers thereunto duly authorized,
all as of the first day of October, 1994.

                         GEHL COMPANY

                         By:  K.F. Kaplan
                         Its: Vice President

                         By:  M. Mulcahy
                         Its: Secretary




                         HEDLUND MANUFACTURING, INC.

                         By:  K.F. Kaplan
                         Its: Treasurer

                         By:  M. Mulcahy
                         Its: Secretary




                         HEDLUND MARTIN, INC.

                         By:  K.F. Kaplan
                         Its: Treasurer

                         By:  M. Mulcahy
                         Its: Secretary




                         GEHL POWER PRODUCTS, INC.

                         By:  K.F. Kaplan  
                         Its: Treasurer

                         By:  M. Mulcahy
                         Its: Secretary






ACCEPTED as of the first day of October, 1994 at ITT's place of business
specified at the beginning of this Agreement.

                         ITT COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORP.

                         By:  Thomas L. Meredith
                         Its: Regional Vice President




                         ITT COMMERCIAL FINANCE, A DIVISION
                                        OF
                           ITT INDUSTRIES OF CANADA, LTD.


                         By:  Geoff D. Lyon
                         Its: Signing Officer










                                                              As Amended
                                                              February 2, 1995

                         WILLIAM D. GEHL/GEHL COMPANY
                   SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT AGREEMENT


    THIS AGREEMENT, made this 29th day of December, 1992, by and between
GEHL COMPANY,  West Bend, Wisconsin (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"), and William D. Gehl, of Milwaukee, Wisconsin (hereinafter referred
to as the "Employee"):

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Company in the capacity
of President and Chief Executive Officer and in such position can contribute
materially to its continued growth and development and to its future financial
success; and

    WHEREAS, the Company desires to insure insofar as possible that the
Company will have the benefit of the Employee's full services and executive
capacities for future years;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of services rendered by the Employee to
the Company, it is agreed as follows:

    Section 1.  Definitions.

    (a)     "Average Monthly Compensation" means one-sixtieth (1/60th) of the
Employee's base salary from the Company for the highest five (5) consecutive
calendars years within the last ten (10) completed calendar years preceding
the date of the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.  In the
event the Employee does not have five (5) calendar years of employment, only
the number of full months from the date of hire through the December preceding
termination of employment shall be used to determine Average Monthly
Compensation.  Base salary for this purpose includes any salary reduction
deferrals pursuant to a cash or deferred arrangement or a cafeteria plan
pursuant to Internal Revenue Code ("Code") Sections 401(k) or 125.

    (b)     "Beneficiary" means the person, trust and/or other entity
designated by the Employee on the form most recently filed with the Secretary
of the Company prior to the Employee's death.  In the absence of a valid
designation, the Beneficiary shall be the Employee's estate.

    (c)     "Disability means a physical or mental condition which totally and
presumably permanently prevents the Employee from engaging in any
substantially gainful activity as determined in accordance with Section 4.03
of the Gehl Company Retirement Income Plan "B".

    (d)     "Vested Percentage" means the percentage of the supplemental
retirement benefit in Section 2 earned by the Employee, subject in any event
to the forfeiture provision of Section 4 and the change in control provision
of Section 5.  The Vested Percentage is one hundred percent (100%) in any of
the following circumstances:

          (i)  after the Employee completes five (5) years of Vesting Service;  

         (ii)  if the Employee suffers a Disability; or

        (iii)  if the Employee retires from the Company after attainment of
        age sixty-two (62).

In the event an Employee does not have a Vested Percentage of one hundred
percent (100%), he shall receive ten percent (10%) for each complete year of
Vesting Service.

    (e)  "Vesting Service" means the period of the Employee's consecutive
employment with the Company from November 24, 1992, through the date of
termination of employment.

    Section 2.  Supplemental Retirement Benefits.

    (a)  The amount of the monthly supplemental retirement benefit shall be
the Employee's Vested Percentage times an amount equal to twenty percent (20%)
of the Employee's Average Monthly Compensation.

    (b)  The monthly supplement shall be payable to the Employee commencing as
of the first day of the month following the earlier to occur of:

         (i)  age sixty-five (65); or

        (ii)  the later of termination of employment from the Company or age
sixty-two (62).

The supplement shall continue to be paid to the Employee for a period of
fifteen (15) years.

    (c)  In the event the Employee commences receiving the supplement but dies
prior to the end of the payment period, the remaining monthly payments in the
fifteen (15)-year period shall be made to the Beneficiary.

    (d)  In the event the Employee dies after termination of employment from
the Company but prior to the commencement of benefits pursuant to (b) above,
the monthly supplement calculated pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be
paid to the Beneficiary for the fifteen (15)-year period commencing as of the
first day of the month following the later to occur of the Employee's death or
the date the Employee would have attained (or if applicable, did attain) age
sixty-two (62).

    Section 3.  Pre-Retirement Death Benefit.

    (a)     In the event the Employee dies prior to commencement of the
supplemental retirement benefit under Section 2(b) above and while employed by
the Company, in lieu of any payment pursuant to Section 2 above, a pre-
retirement death benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary.

    (b)     The death benefit shall be comprised of ten (10) payments, the
first being due as of the last day of the month following the Employee's
death.  Each succeeding payment shall be made on successive anniversaries of
the first payment due date. 

    (c)     The amount of the ten (10) payments shall be thirty percent (30%)
of the Employee's annual salary as of the Employee's date of death.

    Section 4.  Non-Competition Requirement.  Employee agrees that for a
period of two (2) years after termination of active employment hereunder, the
Employee shall not, except as permitted by the Company's prior written
consent, engage in, be employed by, or in any way advise or act for, or have
any financial interest in any business which is a competitor of the Company. 
The ownership of minority and non-controlling shares of any corporation whose
shares are listed on a recognized stock exchange or traded in an over-the-
counter market shall not be deemed as constituting a financial interest in
such corporation.  If the Employee shall fail to comply with any of the
foregoing conditions, he shall forfeit all right to any payments pursuant to
Section 2 hereof which would otherwise be payable to him thereafter.

    Section 5.  Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the definition of Vested
Percentage in Section 1 hereof, an Employee shall be one hundred percent
(100%) vested, subject to Section 4, in the event there is a change of control
of the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, a "change in control of the
Company" occurs when:

          (i)      securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the
                   combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
                   voting securities are acquired pursuant to a tender offer
                   or an exchange offer; or

         (ii)      the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or
                   consolidation of the Company with any other corporation as
                   a result of which less than fifty percent (50%) of the
                   outstanding voting securities of the surviving or
                   resulting entity are owned by the former shareholders of
                   the Company (other than a shareholder who is an
                   "affiliate," as defined in the Act, of any party to such
                   consolidation or merger); or

        (iii)      the shareholders of the Company approve the sale of
                   substantially all of the Company's assets to a corporation
                   which is not a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; or

          (iv)     any person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
                   indirectly, of securities of the Company representing
                   twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting
                   power of the Company's then outstanding securities the
                   effect of which (as determined by the Board) is to take
                   over control of the Company; or

           (v)     during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
                   who, at the beginning of such period, constituted the
                   Board of Directors of the Company cease, for any reason,
                   to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the
                   election or nomination for election of each new director
                   was approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the
                   directors then still in office who were directors at the
                   beginning of the period. 

    Section 6.  No Rights of Employment.  Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the
Company nor to interfere with the right of the Company to terminate his
employment at any time.

    Section 7.  Employee's Rights Non-Assignable.  Neither the Employee nor
the Beneficiary shall have the power to transfer, assign, anticipate,
mortgage, or otherwise encumber in advance any of the payments provided in
this Agreement; nor shall any of said payments nor any assets of the Company,
including any insurance policies owned by the Company, be subject to seizure
for the payment of any of the recipient's debts, judgments or other
obligations arising by operation of law or in the event of bankruptcy,
insolvency or otherwise.

    Section 8.  Company Not Required to Fund This Agreement.  The Company is
not obligated to set aside or credit the Employee or the Beneficiary with
funds to provide for the payment of the amounts due under this Agreement, and
nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a trust fund of any
kind for the benefit of the Employee or the Beneficiary.

    Section 9.  Administration.  This Agreement shall be administered by the
Gehl Company Compensation and Benefits Committee (herein referred to as the
"Committee").  If the Employee is also a Committee member, he shall abstain
from any deliberations or vote on any matter in connection with this
Agreement.

    Section 10.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to and be
binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

Attest:                            GEHL COMPANY

M. Mulcahy                         Joseph J. Zadra
Its:  Secretary                       Its:  Chairman of the Board


Marlys M. Nonhof                   William D. Gehl
Witness as to                      Employee
William D. Gehl






                                                              As Amended
                                                              February 2, 1995

                       VICTOR A. MANCINELLI/GEHL COMPANY
                   SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT AGREEMENT


    THIS AGREEMENT, made this 29th day of December, 1992, by and between
GEHL COMPANY,  West Bend, Wisconsin (hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"), and Victor A. Mancinelli, of Mequon, Wisconsin (hereinafter
referred to as the "Employee"):

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Company in the capacity
of Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and in such position
can contribute materially to its continued growth and development and to its
future financial success; and

    WHEREAS, the Company desires to insure insofar as possible that the
Company will have the benefit of the Employee's full services and executive
capacities for future years;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of services rendered by the Employee to
the Company, it is agreed as follows:

    Section 1.  Definitions.

    (a)     "Average Monthly Compensation" means one-sixtieth (1/60th) of the
Employee's base salary from the Company for the highest five (5) consecutive
calendars years within the last ten (10) completed calendar years preceding
the date of the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.  In the
event the Employee does not have five (5) calendar years of employment, only
the number of full months from the date of hire through the December preceding
termination of employment shall be used to determine Average Monthly
Compensation.  Base salary for this purpose includes any salary reduction
deferrals pursuant to a cash or deferred arrangement or a cafeteria plan
pursuant to Internal Revenue Code ("Code") Sections 401(k) or 125.

    (b)     "Beneficiary" means the person, trust and/or other entity
designated by the Employee on the form most recently filed with the Secretary
of the Company prior to the Employee's death.  In the absence of a valid
designation, the Beneficiary shall be the Employee's estate.

    (c)     "Disability means a physical or mental condition which totally and
presumably permanently prevents the Employee from engaging in any
substantially gainful activity as determined in accordance with Section 4.03
of the Gehl Company Retirement Income Plan "B".

    (d)     "Vested Percentage" means the percentage of the supplemental
retirement benefit in Section 2 earned by the Employee, subject in any event
to the forfeiture provision of Section 4 and the change in control provision
of Section 5.  The Vested Percentage is one hundred percent (100%) in any of
the following circumstances:

          (i)  after the Employee completes five (5) years of
        Vesting Service;  

         (ii)  if the Employee suffers a Disability; or

        (iii)  if the Employee retires from the Company after attainment of
        age sixty-two (62).

In the event an Employee does not have a Vested Percentage of one hundred
percent (100%), he shall receive ten percent (10%) for each complete year of
Vesting Service.

    (e)  "Vesting Service" means the period of the Employee's consecutive
employment with the Company from November 24, 1992, through the date of
termination of employment.

    Section 2.  Supplemental Retirement Benefits.

    (a)  The amount of the monthly supplemental retirement benefit shall be
the Employee's Vested Percentage times an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of
the Employee's Average Monthly Compensation.

    (b)  The monthly supplement shall be payable to the Employee commencing as
of the first day of the month following the earlier to occur of:

         (i)  age sixty-five (65); or

        (ii)  the later of termination of employment from the Company or age
        sixty-two (62).

The supplement shall continue to be paid to the Employee for a period of
fifteen (15) years.

    (c)  In the event the Employee commences receiving the supplement but dies
prior to the end of the payment period, the remaining monthly payments in the
fifteen (15)-year period shall be made to the Beneficiary.

    (d)  In the event the Employee dies after termination of employment from
the Company but prior to the commencement of benefits pursuant to (b) above,
the monthly supplement calculated pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be
paid to the Beneficiary for the fifteen (15)-year period commencing as of the
first day of the month following the later to occur of the Employee's death or
the date the Employee would have attained (or if applicable, did attain) age
sixty-two (62).

    Section 3.  Pre-Retirement Death Benefit.

    (a)     In the event the Employee dies prior to commencement of the
supplemental retirement benefit under Section 2(b) above and while employed by
the Company, in lieu of any payment pursuant to Section 2 above, a pre-
retirement death benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary.

    (b)     The death benefit shall be comprised of ten (10) payments, the
first being due as of the last day of the month following the Employee's
death.  Each succeeding payment shall be made on successive anniversaries of
the first payment due date. 

    (c)     The amount of the ten (10) payments shall be thirty percent (30%)
of the Employee's annual salary as of the Employee's date of death.

    Section 4.  Non-Competition Requirement.  Employee agrees that for a
period of two (2) years after termination of active employment hereunder, the
Employee shall not, except as permitted by the Company's prior written
consent, engage in, be employed by, or in any way advise or act for, or have
any financial interest in any business which is a competitor of the Company. 
The ownership of minority and non-controlling shares of any corporation whose
shares are listed on a recognized stock exchange or traded in an over-the-
counter market shall not be deemed as constituting a financial interest in
such corporation.  If the Employee shall fail to comply with any of the
foregoing conditions, he shall forfeit all right to any payments pursuant to
Section 2 hereof which would otherwise be payable to him thereafter.

    Section 5.  Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the definition of Vested
Percentage in Section 1 hereof, an Employee shall be one hundred percent
(100%) vested, subject to Section 4, in the event there is a change of control
of the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, a "change in control of the
Company" occurs when:

          (i)  securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the
        combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting
        securities are acquired pursuant to a tender offer or an exchange
        offer; or

         (ii)  the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or
        consolidation of the Company with any other corporation as a result of
        which less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting
        securities of the surviving or resulting entity are owned by the
        former shareholders of the Company (other than a shareholder who is an
        "affiliate," as defined in the Act, of any party to such consolidation
        or merger); or

        (iii)  the shareholders of the Company approve the sale of
        substantially all of the Company's assets to a corporation which is
        not a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; or

          (iv) any person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
        indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty-five
        percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's
        then outstanding securities the effect of which (as determined by the
        Board) is to take over control of the Company; or

           (v) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who,
        at the beginning of such period, constituted the Board of Directors of
        the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority
        thereof, unless the election or nomination for election of each new
        director was approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the
        directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of
        the period.

    Section 6.  No Rights of Employment.  Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the 
Company nor to interfere with the right of the Company to terminate his
employment at any time.

    Section 7.  Employee's Rights Non-Assignable.  Neither the Employee nor
the Beneficiary shall have the power to transfer, assign, anticipate,
mortgage, or otherwise encumber in advance any of the payments provided in
this Agreement; nor shall any of said payments nor any assets of the Company,
including any insurance policies owned by the Company, be subject to seizure
for the payment of any of the recipient's debts, judgments or other
obligations arising by operation of law or in the event of bankruptcy,
insolvency or otherwise.

    Section 8.  Company Not Required to Fund This Agreement.  The Company is
not obligated to set aside or credit the Employee or the Beneficiary with
funds to provide for the payment of the amounts due under this Agreement, and
nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a trust fund of any
kind for the benefit of the Employee or the Beneficiary.

    Section 9.  Administration.  This Agreement shall be administered by the
Gehl Company Compensation and Benefits Committee (herein referred to as the
"Committee").  If the Employee is also a Committee member, he shall abstain
from any deliberations or vote on any matter in connection with this
Agreement.

    Section 10.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to and be
binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

Attest:                            GEHL COMPANY

M. Mulcahy                         Joseph J. Zadra

Its:  Secretary                    Its:  Chairman of the Board


                                                               
Marlys M. Nonhof                   Victor A. Mancinelli
Witness as to                      Employee
Victor A. Mancinelli








                               GEHL SAVINGS PLAN

                                      AND

                                TRUST AGREEMENT

   As Amended and Restated By the Board of Directors as of December 16, 1994

                               GEHL SAVINGS PLAN

                               Table of Contents
                                                                          Page

ARTICLE I.
                         DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Section 1.01.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
     Section 1.02.  Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5

ARTICLE II.
               PARTICIPATION, VESTING SERVICE, BREAK IN SERVICE
     Section 2.01.  Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
     Section 2.02.  Vesting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
     Section 2.03.  Break in Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
     Section 2.04.  Service for Controlled Group  . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

ARTICLE III.
                        CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUST FUND
     Section 3.01.  Election to Make Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
     Section 3.02.  Amount and Payment of Participant
                    Deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
     Section 3.03.  Company Matching Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . .    9
     Section 3.04.  No Liability for Future Company
                    Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
     Section 3.05.  Time Period for Payment of Company
                    Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

ARTICLE IV.
                                  INVESTMENTS
     Section 4.01.  Direction of Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 4.02.  Reallocation of Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 4.03.  Description of Funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 4.04.  Funding Policy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

ARTICLE V.
                             PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
     Section 5.01.  Participant Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.02.  Allocation of Participant Deposits  . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.03.  Allocation of Company Matching
                    Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.04.  Disposition of Forfeitures  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.05.  Allocation of Changes in Value  . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.06.  Maximum Allocation Limitations  . . . . . . . . . . .   14

                                                                          Page
ARTICLE VI.
                                   BENEFITS
     Section 6.01.  Eligibility for Benefits and Vesting  . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 6.02.  Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 6.03.  Form and Time of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 6.04.  Payments to Minor or Incompetent Person . . . . . . .   18
     Section 6.05.  Direct Transfer of Eligible Rollover
                    Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
     Section 6.06.  Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
     Section 6.07.  Erroneous Overpayments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20

ARTICLE VII.
                              PLAN ADMINISTRATION
     Section 7.01.  Appointment of Administrator  . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.02.  Responsibility and Authority of the
                    Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.03.  Use of Professional Services  . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
     Section 7.04.  Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
     Section 7.05.  Delegation of Authority and
                    Responsibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
     Section 7.06.  Requirement to Furnish Information and
                    to Use Administrator's Forms  . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 7.07.  Claims Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 7.08.  Agent for Service of Process  . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

ARTICLE VIII.
                                    TRUSTEE
     Section 8.01.  Successor Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
     Section 8.02.  General Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
     Section 8.03.  Payments from the Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 8.04.  Trustee Accounting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 8.05.  Settlement of Trustee Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 8.06.  Reliance on Written Communications  . . . . . . . . .   26
     Section 8.07.  Trustee Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

ARTICLE IX.
                           INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND
     Section 9.01.  Trustee Investment of Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . .   27
     Section 9.02.  Appointment of Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . .   27

ARTICLE X.
                FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
     Section 10.01.  Fiduciaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 10.02.  Allocation of Fiduciary
                     Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 10.03.  General Limitation on Liability  . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 10.04.  Multiple Fiduciary Capacities  . . . . . . . . . . .   28

                                                                          Page
ARTICLE XI.
                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     Section 11.01.  Amendment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     Section 11.02.  Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

ARTICLE XII.
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 12.01.  Non-Guarantee of Continued Employment
                     or Other Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.02.  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers
                     of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.03.  Spendthrift Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.04.  Exclusive Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.05.  Full Satisfaction of Claims  . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     Section 12.06.  Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     Section 12.07.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     Section 12.08.  Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     Section 12.09.  IRS Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     Section 12.10.  Top-Heavy Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     Section 12.11.  Retroactive Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

ARTICLE XIII.
                              TRUSTEE ACCEPTANCE
     Section 13.01.  Effective Date of Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . .   34

                               GEHL SAVINGS PLAN

          THIS TRUST AGREEMENT, revised and continued this 16th day of
December, 1994 by and between Gehl Company, a Wisconsin corporation
(hereinafter called the "Company"), and Bank One Wisconsin Trust Company, N.A.
as trustee of the trust hereby created (hereinafter called the "Trustee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, effective as of April 22, 1985, the Company adopted the
Gehl Savings Plan to encourage eligible employees to contribute toward their
own retirement savings through the means of a "cash or deferred arrangement"
under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended; and

          WHEREAS, the plan and trust herein set forth is intended to satisfy
the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a), 401(k), and 501(a) of such
Code, as amended by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (and now known as the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986) and other statutory and regulatory requirements; and

          WHEREAS, in order to satisfy such requirements, it is necessary to
amend and restate the plan and trust as hereinafter set forth, effective as of
December 16, 1994;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein set
forth, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:


                                  ARTICLE I.

                         DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

          Section 1.01.  Definitions.  Whenever used herein, the following
words and phrases shall have the following meanings, except as required
otherwise by the context:

          (a)  "Administrator" means the individual, group of individuals,
corporation or other entity appointed by the Board to administer the Plan
pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof.

          (b)  "Beneficiary" means the person, trust and/or other entity
entitled to receive benefits in the event of the Participant's death.  A
Participant shall designate his Beneficiary on the form and in the manner
prescribed by the Administrator and such designation may be changed or
withdrawn by the Participant at any time.  The most recent valid designation
on file with the Administrator at the time of the Participant's death shall be
the Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant
is married at the time of his death, the Beneficiary shall be the
Participant's spouse at such time unless such spouse consented in writing to
the designation of an alternative Beneficiary after notice of the spouse's
rights and such consent was witnessed (i) by a Plan representative appointed
by the Administrator or (ii) by a notary public.  In the event no valid
designation of a Beneficiary is on file with the Administrator at the date of
death or no designated Beneficiary survives him, the Participant's spouse
shall be deemed the Beneficiary; in the further event the Participant is
unmarried or his spouse does not survive him, the Participant's estate shall
be deemed to be his Beneficiary.

          (c)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d)  "Break in Service" means, with respect to a Participant, any
Period of Severance which lasts for twelve (12) or more consecutive months.

          (e)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as interpreted
by applicable regulations and rulings issued pursuant thereto, all as amended
and in effect from time to time.

          (f)  "Company" means Gehl Company, a Wisconsin corporation, and any
successors and assigns thereto.

          (g)  "Compensation" means the earnings paid to a Participant for
services on or after his entry date in Section 2.01(a), equal to the sum of
the amount reportable in Box 1 of Form W-2, plus any Deposits hereunder and
salary reduction pursuant to Code Section 125 or 401(k), less any
reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash),
moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.  The maximum
annual compensation taken into account hereunder for purposes of calculating
any Participant's accrued benefit (including the right to any optional
benefit) and for all other purposes under the Plan shall be $150,000 (or such
higher amount permitted pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)).  For purposes of
calculating this maximum for any 5 percent owner or highly compensated
employee who is in the group of ten employees paid the greatest compensation
during the year, pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(6), the compensation of a
spouse or a lineal descendant under age nineteen before the end of the Plan
Year shall be treated as if paid to the employee.

          (h)  "Date of Hire" means the first day on which an individual
performs an hour of employment as defined in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

          (i)  "Date of Rehire" means the first day on which an individual
performs an hour of employment upon rehire following a Break in Service.

          (j)  "Deposits" means amounts designated under the Plan by
Participants pursuant to Article III hereof which are contributed by the
Company in lieu of payment of an equal amount to the Participant as
compensation.

          (k)  "Effective Date" means December 16, 1994, the date on which the
provisions of this amended and restated Plan became effective.

          (l)  "Employee" means any person employed on other than a temporary
basis (i) by the Company in the position of an office, sales, or supervisory
employee or (ii) in a non-union hourly position by either Gehl in Madison,
South Dakota, Gehl Power Products, Inc. in Yankton, South Dakota or
Hedlund-Martin, Inc. in Lebanon, Pennsylvania.  Persons working at Company
facilities which are acquired or otherwise made operational after the
Effective Date shall become Employees only upon specific action of the Board. 
A person who is a "leased employee" within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)
and (o) shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan, but in the event
such a person was participating or subsequently becomes eligible to
participate herein, credit shall be given for the person's service as a leased
employee toward completion of the Plan's eligibility and vesting requirements,
including any service for a member of the controlled group or affiliated
service group, if applicable.  In addition, "Employee" shall also mean any
person employed in West Bend, Wisconsin, in a position represented by a
collective bargaining unit, provided that any such Employee shall not be
eligible for any contributions under Sections 3.03 and 5.03.

          (m)  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as interpreted and applied under regulations and rulings issued pursuant
thereto, all as amended and in effect from time to time.

          (n)  "Investment Manager" means the Administrator or a person,
insurance company, corporation or association which qualifies as an
"investment manager" as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA, including the
Trustee, appointed pursuant to Section 9.02 to direct the investment of all or
any portion of the assets held by the Trustee under this Agreement.

          (o)  "Normal Retirement Date" means the Participant's sixty-fifth
(65th) birthday.

          (p)  "Participant" means any Employee who satisfies the provisions
of Section 2.01 hereof.

          (q)  "Period of Severance" means the total period of time,
calculated in years, months and days, which elapses between an employee's
Severance from Service Date and such employee's Date of Rehire.

          (r)  "Plan" means the profit sharing retirement plan herein
contained, as amended and in effect from time to time, which shall be known as
the "Gehl Savings Plan."

          (s)  "Plan Year" means the twelve (12) month period commencing on
January 1 of each year except that the first Plan Year will be April 22, 1985
through December 31, 1985.

          (t)  "Severance From Service Date" means the earlier of the date on
which an employee's employment with the Company terminates on account of a
quit, discharge, retirement (including retirement due to Total and Permanent
Disability) or death, or the first anniversary of an employee's absence for
any other reason, including a leave of absence, sick leave or disability
leave; provided, however, that, in the case of an employee who leaves active
service with the Company in connection with his commencing to perform military
duty in the armed forces of the United States of America or of any state
thereof under circumstances entitling him to veterans' reemployment rights
pursuant to the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Act or any other comparable
federal statute, he shall not be deemed to have incurred a Severance from
Service Date hereunder while performing such military duty and shall have the
period thereof included as part of his Vesting Service hereunder if, but only
if, he returns to the Company's service within the applicable time limit and
under the other conditions prescribed by such statutes for his exercise of
such veterans' reemployment rights.

          (u)  "Total and Permanent Disability" means a physical or mental
condition which totally and presumably permanently prevents a Participant from
engaging in any substantially gainful activity, as determined by the
Administrator based on a medical examination by a doctor or clinic appointed
by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, no
Participant shall qualify if the Administrator determines that his disability
results from an injury suffered while engaged in a felonious or criminal act
or enterprise.

          (v)  "Trust Fund" means all sums of money and other property,
together with all earnings, income and other increment thereon, held in trust
for purposes of providing benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of
the Plan, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          (w)  "Trustee" means Bank One Wisconsin Trust Company, N.A. or any
successor or successors thereto designated by the Board pursuant to Section
8.01 hereof.

          (x)  "Vesting Service" means a Participant's service with the
Company as calculated under Section 2.02 hereof.

          Section 1.02.  Construction.  (a)  Whenever any words are used
herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in
the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words
are used in the singular or the plural, they shall be construed as though they
were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases
where they would so apply.  The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and
other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to this entire
Agreement and not to any particular article or section.  Titles of articles
and sections hereof are for general information only, and this Agreement and
the Plan are not to be construed by reference thereto.

          (b)  The Plan is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code
and shall be interpreted so as to comply with the applicable requirements
thereof, where such requirements are not clearly contrary to the express terms
hereof.  This Agreement and the Plan shall be construed and their validity
determined according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin to the extent such
laws are not preempted by federal law.  In case any provision of this
Agreement and/or the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason,
said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of this
Agreement and/or the Plan, but this Agreement and/or the Plan shall be
construed and enforced as if said illegal and invalid provisions had never
been inserted therein.


                                  ARTICLE II.

               PARTICIPATION, VESTING SERVICE, BREAK IN SERVICE


          Section 2.01.  Participation.  (a)  Each Employee who has completed
the qualifying period is eligible to elect Deposits pursuant to Article III. 
Eligible Employees who were participating in the Plan as of December 31, 1988,
shall continue to participate under this amended Plan if they were employed on
the Effective Date.  Thereafter, any other Employee shall become a Participant
as of the first day of any quarter (i.e., January 1, April 1, July 1 or
October 1) coincident with or next following his completion of the qualifying
period and filing of the election of Deposits.

          (b)  The qualifying period shall be the first to occur of the
following:

               (i)       the twelve (12) month period immediately following
                         the employee's date of employment during which the
                         employee accumulates at least 1,000 hours of
                         employment; or

               (ii)      any Plan Year commencing after the date of employment
                         during which the employee accumulates at least 1,000
                         hours of employment; or

               (iii)     for any employee regularly scheduled to work forty
                         (40) hours per week, sixty (60) days of Vesting
                         Service before or after the Effective Date.

          (c)  For purposes of this Section an hour of employment is an hour
for which a person is directly or indirectly paid by the Company for the
performance of duties.  Hours of employment shall also include each hour not
credited under the preceding sentence for which back pay has been either
awarded or agreed to, irrespective of mitigation of damages, and each of the
first 501 hours during a single continuous period of absence for which a
Participant is paid or entitled to payment for vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave
of absence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit shall be given for
payments pursuant to applicable workers' compensation or unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws.  The Administrator shall determine
each Participant's hours of employment in accordance with Department of Labor
Regulations section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

          (d)  A former Participant who is rehired by the Company shall resume
participation in the Plan as of the first day of the calendar month coincident
with or next following his election to make Deposits.

          (e)  It is expressly provided that any employee who is in a unit of
employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall become, or
continue as, a Participant only if such bargaining agreement specifically
provides that employees in such unit shall be covered by the Plan.

          Section 2.02.  Vesting Service.  Each Participant shall be credited
with Vesting Service equal to the aggregate periods of time between his Date
of Hire or subsequent Date of Rehire, as applicable, and the next following
Severance from Service Date.  A Participant shall also be credited with
Vesting Service for any Period of Severance of less than twelve (12)
consecutive months in duration.  Except for purposes of eligibility to
participate pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(iii), Vesting Service shall not count
any period prior to January 1, 1985.

          Section 2.03.  Break in Service.  Vesting Service earned after a
Break in Service which lasts for at least six (6) years shall not be
considered for purposes of determining a Participant's vested interest in
amounts accrued in his account prior to the Break in Service.  Vesting Service
earned prior to a Break in Service shall be aggregated with Vesting Service
earned after the Break in Service for purposes of determining a Participant's
vested interest in amounts accrued in his account after the Break in Service.
Separate accounts shall be maintained for amounts accrued with respect to a
Participant before a six (6) year Break in Service and after such a Break in
Service.

          Section 2.04.  Service for Controlled Group.  Solely for purposes of
Sections 2.01(b), 2.01(c), 2.02, and 2.03 hereof, employment with the Company
shall include employment with any member of a controlled group of
corporations, a group of trades or businesses under common control or an
affiliated service group member as defined in Code Sections 414(b), (c) and
(m) that includes the Company, but only while such corporation is in such
controlled group.


                                 ARTICLE III.

                        CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUST FUND


          Section 3.01.  Election to Make Deposits.  Upon completion of his
qualification requirement under Section 2.01, an Employee may file a written
election for the Company to make Deposits under the Plan.  An Employee is not
required to file such election immediately upon completion of his qualifying
period but may, subject to any rules the Administrator may adopt, file the
election at a later date.  The election shall be filed with the Administrator
on such form and in the manner the Administrator prescribes.  The election
shall be effective as of the Employee's participation date in subsection
2.01(a) and shall continue in effect until suspended or terminated pursuant to
the terms hereof.

          Section 3.02.  Amount and Payment of Participant Deposits.  (a) 
Amount:  At the time of his election under Section 3.01 hereof, the Employee
shall select the rate of his Deposits, based on a percentage of his
Compensation.  Deposits shall commence with the payroll period which commences
on or immediately after the Employee's participation date. The Employee may
designate any whole percentage from one percent (1%) through fifteen percent
(15%), but only the first six percent (6%) of Compensation shall be eligible
for a match by Company contributions.

          (b)  Change in Rate:  The rate of a Participant's Deposits shall
remain in effect and may be changed only as of the payroll period which
commences on or immediately after the first day of any quarter (i.e., January
1, April 1, July 1 or October 1) or other date provided by the Company,
pursuant to such rules as the Administrator may establish.  Deposits may be
suspended entirely at any time by thirty (30) days written notice to the
Administrator.

          (c)  Payment:  Deposits shall be made by the Company through regular
payroll deduction in lieu of payment as Compensation to the Participants. 
Deposits so received by the Company shall be remitted to the Trustee as soon
as practicable thereafter.

          (d)  No Participant shall contribute Deposits in excess of $9,240 in
any calendar year (or such higher amount permitted pursuant to Code Section
402(g)) less the amount of any elective deferrals under all other plans,
contracts or arrangements maintained by the Company.  In addition, the Plan is
subject to the limitations of Code Section 401(k) which are incorporated
herein by this reference.  Accordingly, the actual deferral percentage for
highly compensated employees as defined in Code Section 414(q) shall not
exceed the greater of:

               (i)  the actual deferral percentage of the nonhighly
                    compensated employees multiplied by 1.25, or

               (ii) the lesser of (A) the actual deferral percentage of the
                    nonhighly compensated employees plus two percentage
                    points, or (B) the actual deferral percentage of the
                    nonhighly compensated employees multiplied by 2.0,

subject to such other applicable limit as may be prescribed by the Secretary
of the Treasury to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation. 
In order to ensure the favorable tax treatment of Deposits hereunder pursuant
to Code Section 401(k) or to ensure compliance with Code Section 402(g) or
415, the Administrator in its discretion may prospectively decrease the rate
of Deposits of any Participant at any time and, to the extent permitted by
applicable regulations, may direct the Trustee to refund Deposits to any
Participant.  Any excess contributions, determined (i) after application of
the family aggregation rules, any recharacterization of deferrals as after-tax
contributions if applicable and use of qualified nonelective contributions
and/or qualified matching contributions as helpful in the actual deferral
percentage test, and (ii) by leveling the highest deferral ratios until the
test is satisfied, and excess deferrals shall be distributed including
applicable income determined pursuant to applicable regulations, including gap
period income after 1988, together with any applicable matching contribution. 
Such distributions shall be made during the Plan Year following the year the
excess contributions were made, and the amount shall be determined based on
the respective portions attributable to each highly compensated employee as
defined in Code Section 414(q) and based on compensation as defined in Code
Section 415(c)(3).  Testing hereunder shall be done separately for nonunion
Employees and each group of Employees represented by a collective bargaining
unit.

          Section 3.03.  Company Matching Contributions.  (a)  Subject to the
Company's right to amend or terminate the Plan as herein provided, the Company
shall contribute to the Trust Fund such amount from time to time as it
determines.  Such contributions are not intended to be nor shall they be
treated as part of a "cash or deferred arrangement" under Section 401(k) of
the Code.

          (b)  The Plan is subject to the limitations of Code Section 401(m)
which are incorporated herein by this reference.  Accordingly, the actual
contribution percentage of employer contributions for highly compensated
employees as defined in Code Section 414(q) shall not exceed the greater of:

               (i)  the actual contribution percentage of the nonhighly
                    compensated employees multiplied by 1.25, or

               (ii) the lesser of (A) the actual contribution percentage of
                    the nonhighly compensated employees plus two percentage
                    points, or (B) the actual contribution percentage of the
                    nonhighly compensated employees multiplied by 2.0,

subject to such other applicable limit as may be prescribed by the Secretary
of the Treasury to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation. 
In order to ensure compliance with Code Section 401(m), any excess aggregate
contributions, determined (i) after application of the family aggregation
rules, any recharacterization of deferrals as after-tax contributions if
applicable and use of qualified nonelective contributions and/or qualified
matching contributions as helpful in the actual deferral percentage test, and
(ii) by leveling the highest contribution ratios until the test is satisfied,
shall be distributed if vested or forfeited if forfeitable, including
applicable income determined pursuant to applicable regulations, including gap
period income after 1988, together with any applicable matching contribution. 
Such distributions shall be made during the plan year following the year the
excess aggregate contributions were made, and the amount shall be determined
based on the respective portions attributable to each highly compensated
employee as defined in Code Section 414(q) and based on compensation as
defined in Code Section 415(c)(3).  Testing hereunder shall be done separately
for nonunion Employees and each group of Employees represented by a collective
bargaining unit.

          Section 3.04.  No Liability for Future Company Contributions.  The
benefits under the Plan shall be only such as can be provided by the assets of
the Trust Fund, and there shall be no liability or obligation to make future
profit sharing contributions hereunder or to make any further contributions in
the event of termination of the Plan.

          Section 3.05.  Time Period for Payment of Company Contributions. 
The Company's contributions for any Plan Year shall be paid to the Trustee not
later than the time prescribed by law, including any extensions thereof, for
filing the Company's federal income tax return with respect to such year.


                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                  INVESTMENTS


          Section 4.01.  Direction of Investment.  (a)  Each Participant shall
direct, on such a form and in the manner the Administrator prescribes, the
percentage of Deposits and allocable share of Company contributions which
shall be invested in each fund described in Section 4.03 hereof.  A
Participant who is a former Employee or a Beneficiary, other than the deceased
Participant's spouse, may not direct the investment of his account.  Such
account shall remain in the funds in which it was invested as of the date of
the Participant's termination of employment or date of death, whichever is
applicable.

          (b)  In the event a Participant fails to direct investment of any
part of the account, such amount shall be invested on the Participant's behalf
in the Balanced Fund described in Section 4.03(a)(i) hereof.

          (c)  A Participant's direction of investment may be changed as of
the first day of any quarter (i.e., January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1)
pursuant to such rules as the Administrator may establish.  The election of
investments designates the percentage of future contributions to be allocated
to a particular fund.  No reallocation shall be made due to differences in
investment results between various funds except as provided in Section 4.02
hereof.

          Section 4.02.  Reallocation of Accounts.  Each Participant may
direct the Trustee, on such a form and in the manner the Administrator
prescribes, to reallocate the Participant's accounts as of the first day of
any quarter (i.e., January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1) pursuant to such
rules as the Administrator may establish.  Except to the extent permitted by
the Administrator, no Participant's direction to the Trustee for reallocation
of the Participant's account may include a reallocation to the Gehl Company
Stock Fund.  Such direction may include a reallocation out of the Gehl Company
Stock Fund.

          Section 4.03.  Description of Funds.  (a)  There shall be four (4)
investment funds entitled and with the investment characteristics described
below:

               (i)       Balanced Fund:  This shall be a fund to be invested
                         primarily in assets from a diversified portfolio of
                         stocks, bonds and short-term money market
                         instruments.

               (ii)      Equity Fund:  This shall be a fund primarily invested
                         in assets such as common and preferred stocks issued
                         by any corporate entity.

               (iii)     Capital Preservation Fund:  This shall be a fund
                         invested primarily in any guaranteed interest
                         contract issued by an insurance company and various
                         money-market securities.

               (iv)      Gehl Company Stock Fund:  This fund is invested in
                         Gehl Company Common Stock.  The value of this
                         investment will fluctuate with the value of Gehl
                         Company Common Stock.  There is no limit on the
                         percentage of Plan assets that may be invested in
                         this fund.

Any or all of the investment funds may be invested in common funds of the
Trustee or in mutual funds in the discretion of the Investment Manager and
pursuant to the provisions hereof.

          (b)  Pending investment in securities of a character described for
the fund, any part of a fund may be invested in savings accounts or other
deposits with a bank, commercial paper or other short-term securities,
including any common funds of the Trustee utilizing similar investments but
excluding any securities of the Company.

          (c)  Additional funds shall be established in the discretion of the
Administrator, with such titles and investment characteristics as shall be
determined by the Administrator and communicated to Participants.  Any fund
identified in subsection (a) or any additional fund may be eliminated in the
discretion of the Administrator after notice to Participants and reallocation
of such amounts to remaining funds.

          (d)  Each Participant's Deposits and allocable share of Company
contributions shall be invested in the various funds as directed by the
Participant pursuant to Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof.

          Section 4.04.  Funding Policy.  The funding policy for the Plan is
that Deposits and Company contributions shall be managed in a manner
consistent with ERISA and the general investment objectives for the applicable
funds and for the purpose of defraying the reasonable expenses of
administering the Plan.  The Administrator shall have primary responsibility
for carrying out the funding policy, and in addition to its specific
responsibilities set forth elsewhere in the Plan, shall establish and
communicate to the Trustee and/or other Investment Manager the general
investment policy and objectives for the funds designated pursuant to Section
4.03 hereof.


                                  ARTICLE V.

                             PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS


          Section 5.01.  Participant Accounts.  The Trustee shall establish
and maintain an account in the name of each Participant for his allocated
share of Company contributions and Participant Deposits.  As soon as
practicable following each Plan Year, the Trustee shall prepare for each
Participant an annual statement reflecting the status of the Participant's
account as of the end of the Plan Year.

          Section 5.02.  Allocation of Participant Deposits.  As soon as
practicable following each June 30 and December 31, the Trustee shall allocate
each Participant's deposits for the payroll deduction periods ending in such
semi-annual period to the applicable Participant's account.

          Section 5.03.  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions.  As
soon as practicable following each June 30 and December 31, and such other
date as may be provided by the Company, the Trustee shall allocate the
Company's matching contribution for the semi-annual period, if any, and any
allocable forfeitures under Section 5.04 hereof among the Participants on a
pro rata basis with respect to Participant Deposits for the applicable period,
up to a maximum Deposit of six percent (6%) of Compensation for such period. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants who are employed in West Bend,
Wisconsin, represented by a collective bargaining unit shall not be eligible
for any Company matching contributions.

          Section 5.04.  Disposition of Forfeitures.  The Trustee shall
establish a special account known as the "Suspense Account" and shall enter
into such account amounts as are forfeited by any former Participant under
Section 6.01 hereof.  Amounts in the Suspense Account shall be allocated with
the Company matching contribution pursuant to Section 5.03 hereof as soon as
practicable.

          Section 5.05.  Allocation of Changes in Value.  As of each June 30
and December 31, the Trustee shall value each investment fund under Section
4.03 hereof and proportionately adjust each Participant's account invested in
such fund to reflect the effect of income received, any change in fair market
value (whether realized or unrealized), expenses and all other transactions
during the preceding quarter period respecting such fund.  Such valuation and
adjustment shall be accomplished by recognizing the beginning balances, any
distributions, and one-half of any Participant Deposits and Company
contributions during such quarter period.

          Section 5.06.  Maximum Allocation Limitations.  The Plan is subject
to the limitations on benefits and contributions imposed by Code Section 415
which are incorporated herein by this reference.  The limitation year shall be
the Plan Year.  In the event that there are multiple plans, and the sum of the
defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction, as
defined in Code Section 415, exceeds applicable limits, then such
Participant's benefit under the defined benefit plan shall be reduced until
such limits are satisfied.  Any amounts not allocable to a Participant by
reason of the limitations incorporated herein shall be allocated and
reallocated during the limitation year among all other eligible Participants
to the extent permitted by the limitations.  Any amounts which cannot be
allocated or reallocated due to the limitations shall be credited to a
suspense account subject to the following conditions:  (i) amounts in the
suspense account shall be allocated as a forfeiture among all eligible
Participants hereunder at such time, including termination of the Plan or
complete discontinuance of Company contributions, as the foregoing limitations
permit, (ii) no investment gains or losses shall be allocated to the suspense
account, (iii) no further Company contributions shall be permitted until the
foregoing limitations permit their allocation to Participants' accounts, and
(iv) upon termination of the Plan any unallocated amounts in the suspense
account shall revert to the Company.


                                  ARTICLE VI.

                                   BENEFITS


          Section 6.01.  Eligibility for Benefits and Vesting.  (a)  A
Participant shall be fully vested and entitled pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof
to receive upon termination of employment the total amount credited to his
account if he:

               (i)       attains age sixty-five (65);

               (ii)      terminates employment under circumstances eligible
                         for early retirement under a Company-sponsored,
                         qualified defined benefit plan in which the
                         Participant is covered;

               (iii)     terminates employment on account of Total and
                         Permanent Disability; or

               (iv)      incurs a layoff without recall which results in his
                         termination of employment pursuant to Company policy.

If a Participant's employment is terminated under any other circumstances
(except by reason of death which is provided for in Section 6.02 hereof), he
shall be entitled pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof to receive the entire
balance of the account attributable to his Deposits, plus that percentage of
the balance in his account attributable to Company contributions which
represents his vested interest determined in accordance with the following
table, and the remainder of his account balance attributable to Company
contributions shall be subject to forfeiture pursuant to subsection (b) below.

                                   Percentage of Account
                                   Balance Attributable
                                 to Company Contributions
   Years of Vesting Service    Representing Vested Interest

       Less than 1                        10%
               1                          20%
               2                          40%
               3                          60%
               4                          80%
               5 or more                 100%

          (b)  Any amounts in a Participant's account which are not payable
under subsection (a) above when his employment with the Company is severed
shall remain in such account and shall continue to share in allocations under
Section 5.05 hereof until such former Participant incurs a six-year break in
service as defined in Section 2.04 hereof, whereupon they shall be forfeited
and administered pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if a Participant whose employment with the Company terminates prior
to his becoming one hundred percent (100%) vested in the portion of his
account balance attributable to Company contributions receives a distribution
or distributions of his entire vested interest in his account, such
Participant's nonvested interest in the Company contributions credited to his
account shall be forfeited; provided, however, that if such Participant is
reemployed prior to incurring a six-year break in service, any forfeited
amounts shall be reinstated from current forfeitures if available or a special
Company contribution.  Any amounts that are reinstated pursuant to the
previous sentence shall continue to vest according to the schedule in
subsection (a) above taking into consideration any distributed amount.  In any
such event, the Participant's vested portion of his remaining account shall
not be less than an amount "X" determined by the formula X = P(AB+D)-D, where
P is the vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the account balance at
the relevant time, and D is the amount of the distribution.  A Participant
whose entire vested interest in his account has been distributed or who has no
vested interest shall be deemed cashed out of the Plan.

          (c)  Benefits payable in installments to a former Participant shall
be suspended upon his reemployment by the Company.  Any undistributed amount
shall be maintained in his account and shall continue to share in allocations
under Section 5.05 hereof until he again terminates his employment with the
Company.

          Section 6.02.  Death.  Upon the death of a Participant before his
termination of employment with the Company, the total amount then credited to
his account shall be fully vested and payable to the Participant's
Beneficiary.  Upon the death of a Participant after his termination of
employment, the vested portion of his account shall be payable to the
Participant's Beneficiary.

          Section 6.03.  Form and Time of Payment.  (a)  All amounts payable
to a Participant who terminates employment with the Company on account of
Total and Permanent Disability or after attainment of age sixty-five (65)
shall be paid as the Participant shall determine in one of the following ways:

               (i)  in lump sum; or

               (ii) in substantially equivalent installments over a period
                    determined by the Participant not to exceed up to ten (10)
                    years.

In any case where the Participant has determined payment to be on an
installment basis, payment of all or any portion of the unpaid balance may be
accelerated in the Participant's sole discretion.

          (b)  All amounts payable to a Beneficiary shall be paid as the
Beneficiary shall determine in one of the following ways:

               (i)  in lump sum; or

               (ii) in substantially equivalent installments over a period
                    determined by the Beneficiary not exceeding five (5) years
                    from the Participant's death; provided, however, that if
                    payment to the Participant has begun in installments prior
                    to his death, the balance of his account shall be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as that method selected
                    prior to his death.

          (c)  All amounts not payable pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) above
shall be paid in lump sum.

          (d)  Payment, under whichever method is determined, shall commence
at such time as the particular Participant or Beneficiary involved shall
determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,

               (i)       except with respect to death benefits payable to a
                         nonspouse Beneficiary, no lump sum cash distribution
                         shall be made without the consent of the Participant
                         or deceased Participant's spouse, to the extent
                         required by law, where the nonforfeitable portion of
                         such Participant's or spouse's, in case of the
                         Participant's death, account exceeds, or has ever
                         exceeded, $3,500; but

               (ii)      benefits shall not commence later than sixty (60)
                         days after the end of the Plan Year in which the
                         Participant attains or would have attained, in the
                         case of death benefits payable to a deceased
                         Participant's spouse, age sixty-five (65) or incurs a
                         termination of employment, whichever shall last
                         occur; but

               (iii)     notwithstanding the foregoing, effective April 1,
                         1990, benefits payable to a Participant shall be paid
                         or commenced no later than the April 1 following the
                         calendar year in which the Participant attains age
                         seventy and one-half (70-1/2), even if the
                         Participant is still employed; with respect to
                         benefits payable to a deceased Participant's spouse,
                         benefits shall be paid or commenced no later than the
                         later of (A) December 31 of the calendar year
                         immediately following the calendar year in which the
                         Participant died and (B) December 31 of the calendar
                         year in which the Participant would have attained age
                         seventy and one-half (70-1/2).

          (e)  For purposes of any distribution or withdrawal pursuant to this
Article, the value of the Participant's account balances shall be determined
as of the June 30 or December 31 coincident or immediately following the date
on which the Trustee receives the direction from the Administrator to make
such payment.  At the election of the Participant or deceased Participant's
spouse, the direction to the Trustee shall include a direction to pay a
percentage of the anticipated balance, not in excess of eighty percent (80%),
prior to the applicable June 30 or December 31, with a final payment after the
valuation for such June 30 or December 31 has been completed; provided,
however, that if the Participant or spouse makes such an election, the
Participant or spouse shall pay all costs incurred to effect the early
valuation necessitated by his election.

          (f)  The provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with Code
Section 401(a)(9) which prescribes certain rules regarding minimum
distributions and requires that death benefits be incidental to retirement
benefits.  All distributions under the Plan shall be made in conformance with
Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder which are incorporated herein
by reference.  The provisions of the Plan governing distributions are intended
to apply in lieu of any default provisions prescribed in regulations;
provided, however, that Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder
override any Plan provisions inconsistent with such Code Section and
regulations.

          Section 6.04.  Payments to Minor or Incompetent Person.  In the
event that any amount is payable under the Plan to any person who is a minor
or is deemed by the Administrator to be incompetent, either mentally or
physically, or for any other reason incapable of receiving such payment, the
Administrator may, in its sole discretion, make such payment for the benefit
of such person in any of the following ways that the Administrator may select:

(i) to such person's legal representative appointed by proceedings
satisfactory to the Administrator; (ii) directly to such person even though he
is not then able to exercise control over such payment; and/or (iii) to any
custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or similar statutes or
guardian of such person or of his property with whom such person is making his
home.  The Administrator shall not be required to see to the proper
application of any such payment made for such person's benefit pursuant to the
provisions of this Section, and any such payment shall satisfy in full such
person's entitlement to that payment.

          Section 6.05.  Direct Transfer of Eligible Rollover Distributions.

          (a)  This section applies to distributions made on or after January
1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise limit a distributee's election under this section, a distributee may
elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have
any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover as such
terms are defined herein.

          (b)  An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or
any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
eligible rollover distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one
of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under
Section 401(a) (9) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is
not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for
net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

          (c)  An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account
described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section
403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the
Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  However,
in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity.

          (d)  A distributee includes an employee or former employee.  In
addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the
employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate
payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p)
of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or
former spouse.

          (e)  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee.

          Section 6.06.  Withdrawals.  (a)  Upon a showing of substantial
hardship, a Participant may withdraw any portion of the balance in his account
which is attributable to his Participant Deposits upon written request to and
approval of the Administrator.  For purposes of this Section, substantial
hardship shall mean:

               (i)       unreimbursed medical expenses described in Code
                         Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant, the
                         Participant's spouse or any dependents of the
                         Participant (as defined in Code Section 152) or
                         necessary for these individuals to obtain medical
                         care;

               (ii)      costs directly related to the purchase (excluding
                         mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the
                         Participant;

               (iii)     payment of tuition and related educational fees for
                         the next 12 months of post-secondary education for
                         the Participant or the Participant's spouse, children
                         or dependents; or

               (iv)      payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
                         Participant from his principal residence or
                         foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's
                         principal residence.

          The hardship withdrawal (i) shall be limited to the amount of the
immediate and heavy financial need, (ii) including to the extent permitted by
rules established by the Administrator any amounts necessary to pay any
federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
result from the withdrawal.  (iii) shall be made only after the Participant
takes all permitted loans and distributions hereunder and pursuant to any
other plan maintained by the Employers and (iv) shall not include any net
earnings credited after December 31, 1988 to the balance in the Participant's
account derived from Deposits.

          Any Participant who makes a withdrawal under this Section, shall
have his Deposits and any other elective contributions or employee
contributions under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer
(both qualified and nonqualified) automatically suspended for a period of
twelve (12) months following such withdrawal.  The amount which such a
Participant may contribute as Deposits for the calendar year following such
withdrawal shall not exceed the amount described in Section 402(g) for such
year, reduced by the amount of such Participant's actual Deposits for the
calendar year in which the withdrawal occurred.

          (b)  After attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2), a
Participant may withdraw any portion of the balance in his account which is
attributable to his Participant Deposits upon written request to the
Administrator.  No more than two (2) such withdrawals may be made by a
Participant during any twelve (12) month period.

          Section 6.07.  Erroneous Overpayments.  In the event any payments
hereunder to a Participant, former Participant, surviving spouse or any other
Beneficiary hereunder exceed the amounts to which such person was entitled,
the Administrator may withhold or reduce subsequent payments, or may take such
other action as it deems necessary or appropriate.


                                 ARTICLE VII.

                              PLAN ADMINISTRATION


          Section 7.01.  Appointment of Administrator.  The Plan shall be
administered by an individual, or a committee of individuals appointed by the
Board and serving at its pleasure.  An Administrator position may, but need
not, be filled by an officer, director or employee of the Company.  Any
vacancy in an Administrator position, whether caused by death, resignation,
removal or other cause, shall be filled by the Board and the President of the
Company shall act as Administrator until such vacancy is filled.  If the
Administrator is a committee, such vacancy shall not affect the
Administrator's authority to carry out its duties and responsibilities under
the Plan.  Also, if the Administrator is a committee, it may select from its
committee members a chairman and such other officers as it deems appropriate,
and Administrator action may be taken on vote of at least a majority of the
committee members present at any meeting or upon unanimous written consent of
all members without a meeting.  Such Administrator meetings shall be scheduled
to be held at least annually and minutes of such meetings shall be kept.  All
actions of the Administrator shall be recorded in such minutes or other
appropriate written form.  The Administrator may establish such other
procedures and operating rules as it deems appropriate.  Any party serving in
an Administrator position may serve in similar capacities under other employee
retirement and welfare benefit plans established and maintained by the
Company.  The Administrator shall be deemed the Plan's administrator for all
purposes of ERISA.

          Section 7.02.  Responsibility and Authority of the Administrator. 
The Administrator shall have and exercise all discretionary and other
authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan
as it may be amended by the Board from time to time, except such authority as
is specifically allocated otherwise by or under the terms hereof.  Without
limiting the foregoing and in addition to the authority and duties specified
elsewhere herein, the Administrator shall have exclusive authority to:

          (a)  interpret and apply all provisions hereof, including without
     limitation, the power to determine who is a Participant in the Plan, and
     the amount of Vesting Service and Compensation to be recognized for each
     such Participant;

          (b)  formulate, issue and apply rules and regulations, which are
     consistent with the terms and provisions hereof and the requirements of
     applicable law;

          (c)  make appropriate determinations and calculations and direct the
     Trustee to pay benefits accordingly;

          (d)  prescribe and require the use of appropriate forms;

          (e)  prepare all reports which may be required by law;

          (f)  determine the existence of Total and Permanent Disability and,
     in this connection, to require any Participant to submit to a physical
     examination by a licensed physician, in accordance with uniform rules and
     procedures consistently applied to similarly situated individuals;

          (g)  approve or deny all applications under Article VI hereof and
     direct the Trustee as to the timing of any distribution;

          (h)  transmit to the Trustee the investment elections of
     Participants pursuant to Article IV hereof; and

          (i)  appoint any Investment Managers or otherwise direct investments
     pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof.

          Section 7.03.  Use of Professional Services.  The Administrator may
engage the services of and/or consult with any legal counsel, independent
qualified public accountant or other persons as may be deemed appropriate. 
Such persons may be employed for the purpose of rendering advice to the
Administrator concerning the Administrator's responsibilities hereunder and
may be persons who render services to the Company and/or the Trustee.  In any
case in which such services are utilized, the Administrator shall retain
exclusive discretionary authority and control over the management and
administration of the Plan.

          Section 7.04.  Fees and Expenses.  No employee of the Company shall
receive compensation for services rendered in an Administrator capacity but
shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in that capacity. 
Any other person or entity serving in an Administrator capacity shall be
entitled to such reasonable compensation therefor as may be mutually agreed
upon with the Company.  Where services are utilized as provided in Section
7.03 hereof, the Administrator shall review and approve fees and other costs
for those services.  Such fees and costs and any other expenses incurred in
the administration of the Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid out of the
principal or income of the Trust Fund unless voluntarily paid by the Company.

          Section 7.05.  Delegation of Authority and Responsibility.  The
Administrator may direct other employees to perform duties and functions
relating to the administration of the Plan under the Administrator's
supervision.  It is expressly provided, however, that in any such case, the
Administrator retains full and exclusive authority and responsibility for and
respecting any such activities by other employees, and nothing contained in
this Section 7.05 shall be construed to confer upon such other employees any
discretionary authority or control in and respecting the management and
administration of the Plan.

          Section 7.06.  Requirement to Furnish Information and to Use
Administrator's Forms.  Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall
furnish to the Administrator such evidence, dates or information as the
Administrator considers necessary or desirable in order to properly administer
the Plan.  Any designation of Beneficiary, benefit application, notification
or other writing to be submitted hereunder to the Administrator must be filed
pursuant to the procedure and on the appropriate form prescribed, and its
receipt acknowledged by the Administrator in order to be valid and effective.

          Section 7.07.  Claims Procedure.  (a)  A Participant or Beneficiary
who believes that he is then entitled to benefits hereunder in an amount
greater than he is receiving or has received, may file a claim for such
benefits by writing directly to the Administrator.  Every claim which is
properly filed shall be decided and answered in writing within ninety (90)
days (or one hundred eighty (180) days if additional time is needed and the
claimant is so notified prior to the commencement of the extension) of its
receipt by the Administrator, stating whether the claim is granted or denied. 
If the claim is wholly or partially denied, the specific reasons for denial
and reference to the pertinent Plan provisions shall be set forth in a written
notice to the claimant.  Such notice shall also describe any information
necessary for the claimant to perfect an appeal and an explanation of the
Plan's claims appeal procedure as set forth in subsection (b) below.

          (b)  Within sixty (60) days of notice that a claim is denied, the
claimant may file a written appeal to the Administrator, including any
comments, statements or documents the claimant may wish to provide.  Every
appeal shall be decided and answered within sixty (60) days (or one hundred
twenty (120) days if additional time is needed and the claimant is so notified
prior to the commencement of the extension) of its receipt by the
Administrator.  If a Committee is serving as Administrator, the appeal shall
be considered and decided by the entire body at its next regularly scheduled
meeting occurring at least thirty (30) days after the appeal is timely filed
unless an extension of time is required to process the appeal, in which case a
written notice thereof shall be given to the claimant prior to the start of
such extension which shall not go beyond the third such regularly scheduled
meeting occurring after such filing.  In the event the claim is denied upon
appeal, the specific reasons for denial and reference to the pertinent Plan
provisions shall be set forth in a written decision which shall be sent to the
claimant.  The Administrator shall comply with any reasonable request from a
claimant for documents or information relevant to his claim prior to his
filing an appeal.  The Administrator shall have discretionary authority to
determine eligibility for benefits and to construe the terms of the Plan; any
such determination or construction shall be final and binding on all parties
unless arbitrary and capricious.

          Section 7.08.  Agent for Service of Process.  The Administrator is
designated as the agent for service of legal process with respect to all
matters pertaining to the Plan and the Trust Fund.


                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                                    TRUSTEE


          Section 8.01.  Successor Trustee.  Any Trustee may be removed by
action of the Board at any time, with or without cause, upon thirty (30) days'
written notice.  Any Trustee may resign at any time upon thirty (30) days'
written notice to the Company.  Upon such removal or resignation of a Trustee
the Board may appoint or designate a successor trustee or trustees and all the
monies and other property then constituting the Trust Fund shall be assigned,
transferred and paid over to such successor trustee or trustees.

          Section 8.02.  General Powers.  In addition to any powers or
authority otherwise granted to the Trustee hereunder, the Trustee is
authorized and empowered:

          (a)  to act as complete and absolute owner of all assets in the
     Trust Fund;

          (b)  to sell, exchange, convey, transfer or dispose of, or to grant
     options with respect to, any asset in the Trust Fund and to apply the
     proceeds of any such transaction in any manner consistent with the
     purposes of the Trust Fund, including any loans authorized pursuant to
     Section 6.06 hereof;

          (c)  to borrow or raise monies for the purposes of the Trust Fund in
     such amount and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee in its
     discretion may deem advisable;

          (d)  to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all
     assignments, documents of transfer or conveyance and any and all other
     instruments or documents that may be necessary or appropriate to carry
     out the powers herein granted;

          (e)  to cause any asset in the Trust Fund to be registered in or
     transferred to its name as Trustee or the name of its nominee or nominees
     or to retain same unregistered or in form permitting transferability by
     delivery, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times
     show that all such assets are part of the Trust Fund;

          (f)  to execute any option, right or privilege appurtenant to or
     respecting any asset of the Trust Fund or any contract with an insurance
     company, including the right to vote in person or by proxy as to any
     security in the Trust Fund;

          (g)  to employ such legal counsel, independent qualified public
     accountant and other persons as may be deemed necessary for administering
     the Trust Fund, which assistants may be those consulted by the Company,
     any Investment Manager and/or the Administrator;

          (h)  to enforce, compromise, settle or abstain from same in its
     discretion, any right, obligation or claim, whether asserted by or
     against the Trustee and in general to protect in any way the interests of
     the Trust Fund;

          (i)  to do all other acts which the Trustee may deem necessary or
     proper and to exercise any and all powers of the Trustee upon such terms
     and conditions as is deemed to be for the best interests of the Trust
     Fund; and

          (j)  to employ or appoint investment advisors or managers to manage
     any or all of the assets comprising the Trust, including any advisor or
     manager which is a member of an affiliated group of which Bank One
     Wisconsin Trust Company, N.A., or any successor trustee, is a member.  To
     effectuate such appointment, the Trustee shall have the power to execute
     any documents as are necessary and to appoint such advisor or manager as
     co-fiduciary.

          Section 8.03.  Payments from the Trust Fund.  The Trustee shall make
payments from the Trust Fund to such persons, and in such manner and amounts
as may be specified in written directions to the Trustee from the
Administrator.  Should any such payment be unclaimed, the Trustee shall notify
the Administrator thereof, and shall dispose of same in accordance with the
Administrator's further directions.

          Section 8.04.  Trustee Accounting.  The Trustee shall keep accurate
and detailed accounts of all investments, receipts and disbursements and other
transactions hereunder, and all accounts, books and records relating thereto
shall be open to inspection and audit at reasonable times by any person or
persons designated by the Administrator or the Company.  Within ninety (90)
days following the last day of each Plan Year, or following the close of such
other annual period as may be agreed upon between the Trustee and the Company,
and within ninety (90) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee,
the Trustee shall file with the Company a written report setting forth all
investments, receipts and disbursements, and other transactions effected by it
during the period ending as of such date or to the date of such removal or
resignation, as the case may be, including a description of all securities and
investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases
or sales, and showing all cash, securities and other property held at the end
of such period.

          Section 8.05.  Settlement of Trustee Accounts.  In case of any
disapproval of any statement of accounts of the Trustee submitted by the
Company in writing within ninety (90) days of receipt of such statement, an
audit of such statement shall be made by an independent certified public
accountant appointed by the Company unless a corrected statement shall have
been rendered to the Company and approved in writing by the Company.  Upon
completion of such audit, the inaccuracies in such statement so audited, if
any, shall be corrected to conform to such audit and a corrected statement
shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Company.  Any such corrected
statement shall stand approved as the statement of account of the Trustee as
to all matters embraced therein, without further approval.  An approved or
corrected statement of account shall constitute an account stated between the
Trustee and the Company as to all matters embraced in such statement, and
shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons interested in the Trust Fund
to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled and
allowed in a proceeding for judicial settlement of its accounts in any court
of competent jurisdiction, to which all such persons had been made parties;
provided, however, that no such statement of accounts nor the Company's
approval thereof shall be deemed to relieve the Trustee of any liability which
may be imposed upon it for violation of a specific provision of the Code or
ERISA; provided further that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to
deprive the Trustee and/or the Company of the right to have a judicial
settlement of the Trustee's accounts.

          Section 8.06.  Reliance on Written Communications.  The Trustee
shall be fully protected in relying upon any written notice, certification or
other document or writing received from the Company, the Board, any Investment
Manager and/or the Administrator and believed to be genuine and shall be under
no duty to make an investigation or inquiry as to statements contained in any
such notice, certification or other document or writing, and may accept the
same as conclusive.  Except when otherwise expressly provided herein, any
instrument to be delivered or furnished by the Company or the Board to the
Trustee shall be sufficiently executed if executed in the name of the Company
or Board by any appropriate officer of the former and any instrument to be
delivered or furnished by the Administrator to the Trustee shall be
sufficiently executed in the Administrator's name.  The Trustee shall be fully
protected in relying upon a resolution of the Board, duly certified by the
Company's secretary or assistant secretary, as to the identity of any party
serving in the Administrator capacity until a subsequent resolution is filed
with the Trustee by the Board.  The Company shall furnish to the Trustee the
name and signature of any person serving in the Administrator capacity and
such other person who shall be entitled to act on behalf of the Company in
dealing with the Trustee.  Each Investment Manager appointed pursuant to
Section 9.02 hereof shall, from time to time, furnish the Trustee with the
name and specimen signature of any person authorized to direct the Trust on
its behalf under this Agreement.  The Trustee shall have the right to request
that all directions and orders from the Investment Manager be in writing and
shall assume no liability hereunder for failure to act pursuant to such
directions and orders unless and until they are received in a form
satisfactory to it.

          Section 8.07.  Trustee Fees and Expenses.  The Trustee shall be
entitled to reimbursement of any reasonable expenses properly incurred in the
performance of its duties hereunder and any Trustee who is not an employee of
the Company shall be entitled to such reasonable compensation as shall be
mutually agreed upon with the Company.  Such compensation and expenses shall
be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid by the Company.


                                  ARTICLE IX.

                           INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND


          Section 9.01.  Trustee Investment of Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund
shall be invested and reinvested without distinction between principal and
income in such manner as the Trustee or any Investment Manager appointed
pursuant to Section 9.02 shall determine to be consistent and in accord with
the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code and the provisions of
Article IV.  Subject to the foregoing requirements, such investments and
reinvestments shall not be restricted to those of the character authorized for
fiduciaries under any present or future laws or administrative regulations or
pursuant to any rule of court, nor shall any investments be limited to any
amount or type in relation to the amount or type of investments of the Trust
Fund as a whole.  The Trustee may hold all or any part of the Trust Fund in
cash, and shall not be liable for interest on monies so held.  Such cash or
cash balances may be deposited with any bank or similar financial institution,
including the Trustee, in savings accounts earning a reasonable rate of
interest.  The Trustee may, from time to time, invest and reinvest in
interests in common, pooled, diversified, or consolidated funds created and
maintained by any bank, insurance company or other financial institution,
including the Trustee, for the collective investment of assets in trusts of
employee retirement plans qualified under the applicable provisions of the
Code whereupon, during the effective period of such investment and
reinvestment in such a fund, any instrument governing such fund shall be
deemed to be incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as fully and to
all intents and purposes as if set forth herein at length.

          Section 9.02.  Appointment of Investment Manager.  The Administrator
may appoint one or more Investment Managers to manage the investment and
reinvestment of all or any portion of the investment funds in Section 4.03. 
Any such Investment Manager shall serve at the pleasure of the Administrator.

          Each Investment Manager shall acknowledge in writing that it is a
fiduciary with respect to the Plan.  To the extent that Investment Managers
have been appointed to manage the investment and reinvestment of any assets of
the Trust Fund, then with respect to such assets, the Trustee shall be charged
with responsibility only to execute with reasonable diligence and care the
instructions of such Investment Manager and the Trustee shall not be liable in
any way for depreciation or loss incurred by reason or in respect of any
investments made or assets held pursuant to such instructions.  To the extent
that no Investment Manager is appointed with respect to all or any portion of
an investment fund, the Administrator shall be deemed the Investment Manager.


                                  ARTICLE X.

                FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES


          Section 10.01.  Fiduciaries.  The Board, the Administrator, any
Investment Manager and the Trustee shall be deemed to be the only fiduciaries,
named and otherwise, of the Plan and Trust Fund for all purposes of ERISA.  No
named fiduciary designated in this Section 10.01 shall be required to give any
bond or other security for the faithful performance of its duties and
responsibilities with respect to the Plan and/or Trust Fund, except as may be
required from time to time under ERISA.

          Section 10.02.  Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibilities.  The
fiduciary responsibilities (within the meaning of ERISA) allocated to each
named fiduciary designated in Section 10.01 hereof shall consist of the
responsibilities, duties, authority and discretion of such named fiduciary
which are expressly provided herein and in any related documents.  Each such
named fiduciary may obtain the services of such legal, actuarial, accounting
and other assistants as it deems appropriate, any of whom may be assistants
who also render services to any other named fiduciary, the Plan and/or the
Company; provided, however, that where such services are obtained, the named
fiduciary shall not be deemed to have delegated any of its fiduciary
responsibilities to any such assistant but shall retain full and complete
authority over and responsibility for any activities of such assistant.  The
Board, Trustee, any Investment Manager, Administrator and any individual
members thereof shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of any
other one of them except as may be otherwise specifically provided under
ERISA.

          Section 10.03.  General Limitation on Liability.  Neither the Board,
the Administrator, the Trustee, any Investment Manager nor any other person or
entity, including the Company and its shareholders, directors and employees,
guarantees the Trust Fund in any manner against loss or depreciation and none
of them shall be jointly or severally liable for any act or failure to act or
for anything whatever in connection with the Plan and the Trust Fund, or the
administration thereof, except and only to the extent of liability imposed
because of a breach of fiduciary responsibility specifically prohibited under
ERISA.

          Section 10.04.  Multiple Fiduciary Capacities.  Any person or group
of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the
Plan and/or the Trust Fund.


                                  ARTICLE XI.

                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


          Section 11.01.  Amendment.  The Company shall have the right by
action of the Board to amend this Agreement and/or the Plan at any time and in
any manner consistent with the Code and ERISA; provided, however, that any
amendment which increases the duties or responsibilities of the Trustee shall
be effective only with the Trustee's consent.  In addition, the Administrator
may adopt such amendments to the Plan as may be requested by the Internal
Revenue Service in order to comply with the requirements for qualification
under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.  Any amendment may be
retroactive to the extent permitted by applicable law.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no amendment to the Plan shall decrease a Participant's accrued
benefit or vested percentage or eliminate an optional form of distribution for
a previously accrued benefit.

          Section 11.02.  Termination.  The Company shall have the right to
terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, by action of the Board at any time
and in such event, upon any other termination or partial termination, or upon
termination due to permanent discontinuance of all Company contributions, the
Trust Fund shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable to the extent of the
termination.  Distribution of benefits shall be in the discretion of the
Administrator pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof.


                                 ARTICLE XII.

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS


          Section 12.01.  Non-Guarantee of Continued Employment or Other
Benefits. Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification or
amendment thereof, nor the payment of any benefit hereunder shall be construed
as giving any Participant or other person whomsoever any legal or equitable
right against the Company, its individual officers and employees, the Board or
its members, any Investment Manager, the Administrator or any Trustee, or the
right to the payment of any benefits hereunder (unless the same shall be
specifically provided herein) or as giving any employee the right to continue
his employment with the Company or as affecting the Company's right to sever
such employment.

          Section 12.02.  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan
Assets.  In the case of any merger, consolidation with, or transfer of assets
or liabilities to any other plan, each Participant must be entitled to receive
a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the
applicable plan were then to terminate) which is equal to or greater than the
benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation, or transfer (if the applicable plan were then to terminate).

          Section 12.03.  Spendthrift Clause.  No Participant or Beneficiary
shall have the right to transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, pledge or
encumber any part of such benefits, nor shall such benefits, or any part of
the Trust Fund from which such benefits are payable, be subject to seizure by
legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary.  Any attempt
to effect such a diversion or seizure as aforedescribed shall be deemed null
and void for all purposes hereunder to the extent permitted by ERISA and the
Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may recognize a qualified
domestic relations order with respect to child support, alimony payments or
marital property rights if such order contains sufficient information for the
Administrator to determine that it meets the applicable requirements of
Section 414(p) of the Code.  The Administrator shall establish written
procedures concerning the notification of interested parties and the
determination of the validity of such orders; if any such order so directs,
distribution of benefits to the alternate payee may be made at a time not
permitted for distributions to the Participant.

          Section 12.04.  Exclusive Benefit.  Anything in the Plan which might
be construed to the contrary notwithstanding, it shall be impossible at any
time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants
and their Beneficiaries under the Plan for any part of the Trust Fund assets
to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of
such Participants or their Beneficiaries and defraying the reasonable expenses
of administering the Plan and the Trust Fund.  In no event shall the Company
receive at any time any amounts from such assets except as provided in Section
5.06 or 12.09 hereof or the event of a mistake of fact pursuant to the
directions of the Administrator within one year after such mistake is made. 
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, employer contributions
hereunder are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code Section 404.  To
the extent a deduction is disallowed, contributions may be returned to the
Employer within one year after such disallowance.

          Section 12.05.  Full Satisfaction of Claims.  Any payment or
distribution to any Participant or Beneficiary shall be in full satisfaction
of all claims against the Trust Fund, the Trustee, the Administrator, any
Investment Manager and the Company and shall give rise to no claim or
liability notwithstanding it shall later appear that such payment or
distribution was made under a mistake of fact or law, except as otherwise
specifically provided by the Code or ERISA.  No payment shall be made
hereunder which would be in violation of any applicable law or governmental
regulation as determined by the Administrator.

          Section 12.06.  Indemnification.  The Company shall indemnify any
director and/or employee of the Company who acts with respect to the Plan as a
member of the Board, in an Administrator capacity or as a Trustee and shall
hold any such director and/or employee harmless from the consequences of his
acts or conduct in connection with the Plan except to the extent that such
consequences are the result of willful misconduct or bad faith shown on the
part of such director and/or employee.

          Section 12.07.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in a
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and such
counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  This Agreement
may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

          Section 12.08.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement and the Plan
herein contained shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the
Company and the Trustee.

          Section 12.09. IRS Approval.  Any other provision to the contrary
notwithstanding, the effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the
condition subsequent of the Company obtaining a determination from the
Internal Revenue Service that the Plan meets the requirements for
qualification contained in Code Section 401(a) and that the Trust Fund is
exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a).

          Section 12.10.  Top-Heavy Restrictions.  (a)  Notwithstanding any
provision to the contrary herein, in accordance with Code Section 416, if the
Plan is a top-heavy plan for any Plan Year, then the provisions of this
Section shall be applicable.  The Plan is "top-heavy" for a Plan Year if as of
its "determination date" (i.e. the last day of the preceding Plan Year or the
last day of the Plan's first Plan Year, whichever is applicable), the total
present value of the accrued benefits of key employees (as defined in Code
Section 416(i)(1) and applicable regulations) exceeds sixty percent (60%) of
the total present value of the accrued benefits of all employees under the
plan (excluding those of former key employees and employees who have not
performed any services during the preceding five (5) year period) (as such
amounts are computed pursuant to Section 416(g) and applicable regulations
using a five percent (5%) interest assumption and a 1971 GAM mortality
assumption) unless such plan can be aggregated with other plans maintained by
the applicable controlled group in either a permissive or required aggregation
group and such group as a whole is not top-heavy.  Any nonproportional
subsidies for early retirement and benefit options are counted assuming
commencement at the age at which they are most valuable.  In addition, a plan
is top-heavy if it is part of a required aggregation group which is top-heavy.
Any plan of a controlled group may be included in a permissive aggregation
group as long as together they satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410
discrimination requirements.  Plans of a controlled group which must be
included in a required aggregation group include any plan in which a key
employee participates or participated at any time during the determination
period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated) and any plan which
enables such a plan to meet Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410 discrimination
requirements.  The present values of aggregated plans are determined
separately as of each plan's determination date and the results aggregated for
the determination dates which fall in the same calendar year.  A "controlled
group" for purposes of this Section includes any group employers aggregated
pursuant to Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m).  The calculation of the present
value shall be done as of a valuation date which for a defined contribution
plan is the determination date and for a defined benefit plan is the date as
of which funding calculations are generally made within the twelve-month
period ending on the determination date.  Solely for the purpose of
determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in a required aggregation
group of which this Plan is a part, is top-heavy (within the meaning of
Section 416(g) of the Code) the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a
key employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be
determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual
purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no
such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest
accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Section
411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

          (b)  If a defined contribution plan is top-heavy in a Plan Year,
non-key employee participants who have not separated from service at the end
of such Plan Year will receive allocations of employer contributions and
forfeitures at least equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of compensation
(as defined in Code Section 415) for such year or the percentage of
compensation allocated on behalf of the key employee for whom such percentage
was the highest for such year (including any salary reduction contributions). 
If a defined benefit plan is top-heavy in a Plan Year and no defined
contribution plan is maintained, the employer-derived accrued benefit on a
life-only basis commencing at the normal retirement age of each non-key
employee shall be at least equal to a percentage of the highest average
compensation for five consecutive years, excluding any years after such Plan
permanently ceases to be top-heavy, such percentage being the lesser of (i)
twenty percent (20%) or (ii) two percent (2%) times the years of service after
December 31, 1983 in which a Plan Year ends in which the Plan is top-heavy. 
If the controlled group maintains both a defined contribution plan and a
defined benefit plan which cover the same non-key employee, such employee will
be entitled to the defined benefit plan minimum and not to the defined
contribution plan minimum.

          (c)  If the controlled group maintains a defined benefit plan and a
defined contribution plan which both cover one or more of the same key
employees, and if such plans are top-heavy, then the limitation stated in a
separate provision of this Plan with respect to the Code Section 415(e)
maximum benefit limitations shall be amended so that a 1.0 adjustment on the
dollar limitation applies rather than a 1.25 adjustment.  This provision shall
not apply if the Plan is not "super top-heavy" and if the minimum benefit
requirements of this Section are met when two percent (2%) is changed to three
percent (3%) and twenty percent (20%) is changed to an amount not greater than
thirty percent (30%) which equals twenty percent (20%) plus one percent (1%)
for each year such plan is top-heavy.  A plan is "super top-heavy" if the
ratio referred to in subsection (a) above results in a percentage in excess of
ninety percent (90%) rather than a percentage in excess of sixty percent
(60%).

          Section 12.11.  Retroactive Effective Date.

          (a)  The following provisions shall apply retroactively from and
after the Plan Year beginning in 1987:

               (i)       leased employees in Section 1.01(1);

               (ii)      contribution limitations in Sections 3.02(d), 3.03(b)
                         and 5.06; and

               (iii)     top-heavy rules in Section 12.10.

          (b)  The provision describing the direct transfer of eligible
rollover distributions in Section 6.05 shall apply retroactively from and
after January 1, 1993.

          (c)  The following provisions shall apply retroactively from and
after January 1, 1994:

               (i)  The maximum annual compensation considered under the Plan
                    in Section 1.01(g); and

               (ii) The description of substantial hardship in Section
                    6.06(a).


                                 ARTICLE XIII.

                              TRUSTEE ACCEPTANCE


          Section 13.01.  Effective Date of Acceptance.  Effective as of
January 1, 1995, the Trustee accepts the Trust hereby established and agrees
to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
on this 20th day of December, 1994.

                              GEHL COMPANY


                              By:  K. F. Kaplan
                                   Vice President

                              Attest:  M. Mulcahy
                                       Secretary


                              [Corporate Seal]




                              BANK ONE WISCONSIN TRUST  COMPANY, N.A.,
                              TRUSTEE

                              By:  Ellen B. Roberts
                                   Assistant Vice President

                              Attest:  Michael E. Horning
                                       Trust Officer


                              [Corporate Seal]






                                 GEHL COMPANY

                          RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN "B"



  As Amended and Restated By the Board of Director's as of December 16, 1994



                                 GEHL COMPANY
                          RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN "B"

                                     INDEX

                                                                          Page

ARTICLE I.  PURPOSE

ARTICLE II.  DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Section 2.01.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
     Section 2.02.  Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

ARTICLE III.  PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE
     Section 3.01.  Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
     Section 3.02.  Benefit Accrual Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
     Section 3.03.  Vesting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
     Section 3.04.  Break in Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
     Section 3.05.  Hour of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
     Section 3.06.  Transfer of Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

ARTICLE IV.  REQUIREMENTS FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS
     Section 4.01.  Normal Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
     Section 4.02.  Early Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
     Section 4.03.  Disability Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
     Section 4.04.  Deferred Vested Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
     Section 4.05.  Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Annuity
                    Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

ARTICLE V.  BENEFIT ACCRUAL; AMOUNT OF BENEFIT
     Section 5.01.  Benefit Accrual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 5.02.  Normal Retirement Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 5.03.  Deferred Retirement Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 5.04.  Early Retirement Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 5.05.  Deferred Vested Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
     Section 5.06.  Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Annuity
                    Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.07.  Disability Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.08.  Small Pension Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Section 5.09.  Actuarial Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13

ARTICLE VI. MANNER AND FORM OF PAYMENT AND OPTIONAL
            BENEFITS
     Section 6.01.  Participant's Retirement Benefit  . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Section 6.02.  Eligible Spouse Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Section 6.03.  Life Annuity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Section 6.04.  Joint and Survivor Life Annuity . . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Section 6.05.  Period Certain Life Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 6.06.  Annuity Election Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 6.07.  Disability Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 6.08.  Beneficiary Designations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 6.09.  Reemployment After Termination of
                    Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 6.10.  Early Retirement Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
     Section 6.11.  Early Retirement Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
     Section 6.12.  Early Retirement Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
     Section 6.13.  Direct Transfer of Eligible Rollover
                    Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

ARTICLE VII.  PLAN FINANCING:  CONTRIBUTIONS AND FUNDING
     Section 7.01.  Purpose of Funding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
     Section 7.02.  Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
     Section 7.03.  Management Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20

ARTICLE VIII.  ADMINISTRATION
     Section 8.01.  Allocation of Responsibility Among
                    Fiduciaries for Plan Administration . . . . . . . . .   20
     Section 8.02.  Appointment of Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 8.03.  Claims Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 8.04.  Records and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 8.05.  Other Committee Powers and Duties . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 8.06.  Rules and Decisions.    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
     Section 8.07.  Committee Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
     Section 8.08.  Authorization of Benefit Payments . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 8.09.  Application and Forms for Pension . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 8.10.  Facility of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

ARTICLE IX.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
     Section 9.01.  Amendment of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 9.02.  Termination of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 9.03.  Allocation of Assets Upon Plan
                    Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
     Section 9.04.  Merger or Consolidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24

ARTICLE X.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     Section 10.01.  Evidence of Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
     Section 10.02.  Misstated Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
     Section 10.03.  Action by Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
     Section 10.04.  Nonguarantee of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.05.  Rights of Plan Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.06.  Non-alienation of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.07.  Notice of Change of Address  . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.08.  Canadian Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.09.  Top-Heavy Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
     Section 10.10.  Maximum Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 10.11.  Limitations on Benefits for Highly
                     Compensated Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 10.12.  Retroactive Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29


                              ARTICLE I.  PURPOSE


          Effective as of May 1, 1957, GEHL COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation
with its principal place of business located in West Bend, Wisconsin, adopted
the GEHL COMPANY RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN "B" to provide retirement benefits for
eligible employees.

          The Plan was subsequently amended, restated as of May 1, 1976,
January 1, 1984, January 1, 1989 and January 1, 1991.  This restatement is
effective December 16, 1994.

          The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) and
501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

          The provisions of this Plan shall apply only to an employee who
terminates employment on or after the Effective Date.  The rights and
benefits, if any, of a former employee shall be determined in accordance with
the prior provisions of the Plan in effect on the date his employment
terminated.

          The cost of the Plan shall be paid entirely by the Company.  The
benefits provided under the Plan are in addition to the benefits one shall
receive from Social Security.


                   ARTICLE II.  DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION


          Section 2.01.  Definitions.  Where the following words and phrases
appear in this Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below,
unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

          (a)  Accrued Benefit:  The amount determined in accordance with
Section 5.01 for Retirement at Normal Retirement Date.

          (b)  Actuary:  The individual actuary or firm of actuaries selected
by the Committee to provide actuarial services in connection with the
administration of the Plan.

          (c)  Authorized Leave of Absence:  Any absence authorized by the
Company under the Company's standard personnel practices, provided that all
persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of
such Authorized Leaves of Absence, and provided further that the Participant
returns within the period specified in the Authorized Leave of Absence.

          (d)  Average Monthly Compensation:  One-sixtieth (1/60th) of a
Participant's Compensation received from the Company for the highest five (5)
consecutive calendar years within the last ten (10) calendar years preceding
the date of his termination of employment with the Company.  For any period of
authorized absence, an Employee shall be deemed to have received compensation
at the rate in effect immediately preceding such absence.  

          (e)  Beneficiary:  The person designated in writing to receive any
benefits upon the death of a Participant.  If no such designation is made or
if the designated person is not living at the death of a Participant, the
Beneficiary shall be the deceased Participant's spouse at his date of death,
if living, otherwise the estate of the Participant.

          (f)  Benefit Accrual Service:  The period of a Participant's
employment considered in determining the amount of benefit payable to or on
behalf of a Participant in accordance with Section 3.02.

          (g)  Board:  The Board of Directors of the Company.

          (h)  Committee:  The persons appointed under the provisions of
Article VIII to administer the Plan.

          (i)  Company:  Gehl Company, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, or its successor or successors.

          (j)  Compensation:  An Employee's basic wages or salary from the
Company before deductions, including any salary reduction deferrals pursuant
to a cash or deferred arrangement or a cafeteria plan pursuant to Internal
Revenue Code Sections 401(k) or 125, but exclusive of bonuses, overtime,
long-term disability benefits or other additional compensation as determined
in accordance with uniform rules, regulations and standards as may be
prescribed by the Company; provided, however, that in the case of a
salary-plus-commission Employee, the term "compensation" shall mean
seventy-five percent (75%) of such Employee's aggregate guaranteed salary and
commission from the Company.  With respect to any Employee terminating
employment on or after January 1, 1984, (other than an officer of the Company)
who during 1982 or 1983, due to adverse business conditions, received a salary
reduction or was temporarily laid off, the term "compensation" for such
applicable calendar years shall mean the Employee's base monthly salary prior
to such reduction or layoff times twelve (12).

          The maximum annual compensation taken into account hereunder for
purposes of calculating any Participant's accrued benefit (including the right
to any optional benefit) and for all other purposes under the Plan shall be
$150,000 (or such higher amount permitted pursuant to Code Section
401(a)(17)).  For purposes of calculating this maximum for any 5 percent owner
or highly compensated employee who is in the group of ten employees paid the
greatest compensation during the year, pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(6), the
compensation of a spouse or a lineal descendant under age nineteen before the
end of the Plan Year shall be treated as if paid to the employee.

          (k)  Deferred Retirement Date:  The first day of the month after the
Normal Retirement Date coinciding with or next following the date a
Participant actually retires from employment with the Company.

          (l)  Disability:  A physical or mental condition which totally and
presumably permanently prevents a Participant from engaging in any
substantially gainful activity as determined in accordance with the provisions
of Section 4.03.  

          (m)  Early Retirement Date:  The first day of any month before his
Normal Retirement Date in which a Participant elects to retire, provided he
has completed five (5) years of Vesting Service and has attained his 55th
birthday.

          (n)  Effective Date:  December 16, 1994, the date on which the
provisions of this amended and restated Plan became effective.

          (o)  Eligible Spouse:  The person to whom a Participant is legally
married on the date his benefits hereunder commence, or if benefits have not
previously commenced, the person to whom the Participant is legally married at
his date of death and has been so married during the 12-month period
immediately preceding his date of death.

          (p)  Employee:  Any person who:

              (i)   is employed on other than a temporary basis;

             (ii)   is receiving remuneration for personal services rendered
                    to the Company (or would be receiving such remuneration
                    except for an Authorized Leave of Absence) and is not
                    covered under any other defined benefit retirement plan
                    qualified under the Internal Revenue Code to which the
                    Company contributes; and

            (iii)   is either employed in Canada or at the West Bend,
                    Wisconsin facility or as of December 31, 1989 was employed
                    in a salaried position exempt from the Fair Labor
                    Standards Act at the Madison, South Dakota facility.

Persons working at Company facilities which are acquired or otherwise made
operational after the Effective Date shall become Employees only upon specific
action of the Board.  A person who is a "leased employee" within the meaning
of Code Section 414(n) and (o) shall not be eligible to participate in the
Plan, but in the event such a person was participating or subsequently becomes
eligible to participate herein, credit shall be given for the person's service
as a leased employee toward completion of the Plan's eligibility and vesting
requirements, including any service for a member of the controlled group or
affiliated service group, if applicable.

          (q)  ERISA:  Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

          (r)  Fund:  The assets held under the Plan by the Trustee.

          (s)  Normal Retirement Date:  The first day of the calendar month
coincident with or immediately following the Participant's 65th birthday.

          (t)  Participant:  An Employee participating in the Plan in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01.

          (u)  Plan:  Gehl Company Retirement Income Plan "B," the Plan set
forth herein, as amended from time to time.  

          (v)  Plan Year:  The 12-month period commencing on January 1 and
ending on December 31.

          (w)  Retirement:  Termination of employment for reason other than
death after a Participant has fulfilled all requirements for a Normal, Early
or Disability Retirement Pension.  Retirement shall be considered as
commencing on the day immediately following a Participant's last day of
employment (or Authorized Leave of Absence, if later).

          (x)  Trustee:  First Bank (N.A.) or any other duly appointed
successor trustee.

          (y)  Vesting Service:  The period of a Participant's employment
considered in the determination of his eligibility for benefits under the
Plan, in accordance with Section 3.03.

          Section 2.02.  Construction.  The masculine gender, where appearing
in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular
may include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. 
The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the
word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular
provision or section.


                    ARTICLE III.  PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE


          Section 3.01.  Participation.  Each Employee shall become a
Participant in the Plan as follows:

          (a)  Any Employee included under the prior provisions of the Plan as
of the Effective Date shall continue to participate in accordance with the
provisions of this amended and restated Plan.

          (b)  The participation of any other eligible Employee shall commence
on his date of employment.

          After a Break in Service, the provisions of Section 3.04 shall be
applicable.

          Section 3.02.  Benefit Accrual Service.  A Participant shall receive
credit for a full year Benefit Accrual Service, or fraction thereof, based on
the Months of Service completed during each Plan Year in accordance with the
following schedule:

          Months of Service         Benefit Accrual Service 

              12                          1 year
              11                      9/10 of a year
              10                      8/10 of a year
               9                      8/10 of a year
               8                      7/10 of a year
               7                      6/10 of a year
               6                      5/10 of a year  
               5                      4/10 of a year
               4                      3/10 of a year
               3                      2/10 of a year
               2                      2/10 of a year
               1                      1/10 of a year

          Years of Benefit Accrual Service shall be the sum of each year of
Benefit Accrual Service not forfeited due to a Break in Service in accordance
with Section 3.04.  For all purposes of the Plan, a Month of Service is
credited for any calendar month in which a Participant completes at least one
(1) Hour of Service.

          Section 3.03.  Vesting Service.  (a)  Prior to May 1, 1976, an
Employee shall be credited with "Continuous Service" in accordance with the
terms of the Plan in effect on April 30, 1976.

          (b)  For service after May 1, 1976, the following schedule shall
apply based on the number of hours credited during the Plan Year:

       Months of Service             Vesting Service 

               6                          1 year
               5                      4/10 of a year
               4                      3/10 of a year
               3                      2/10 of a year
               2                      2/10 of a year
               1                      1/10 of a year

          For all purposes of the Plan, a Month of Service is credited for any
calendar month in which a Participant completes at least one (1) Hour of
Service.  In crediting years of service, the Plan shall take into account
service with any member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of
trades or businesses under common control or an affiliated service group
member as defined in Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) that includes the
Company.

          (c)  Years of Vesting Service shall be the sum of each year of
Vesting Service not forfeited due to a Break in Service in accordance with
Section 3.04.

          Section 3.04.  Break in Service.  A one (1) year Break in Service
occurs when a Participant does not complete any Hours of Service during a Plan
Year.  However, a one (1) year Break in Service shall not occur during periods
of military service or an Authorized Leave of Absence during which the
Employee's rights were covered by law.  A six (6) year Break in Service occurs
when a Participant incurs six (6) one year Breaks in Service consecutively.

          Prior to January 1, 1985, if an Employee incurs a one year Break in
Service before he completes ten (10) years of Vesting Service, and the number
of consecutive one year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds his years of
Vesting Service prior to such Break in Service, he shall be treated upon
reemployment as a new Employee for all purposes of the Plan.  For any Employee
whose Vesting Service had not been canceled pursuant to such rule as of
December 31, 1984, an Employee shall only be treated as a new Employee upon  
reemployment if he incurs a six (6) year Break in Service before he completes
ten (10) years of Vesting Service and the number of consecutive one year
Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the sum of one (1) plus his years of
Vesting Service prior to such Break in Service.  Any Employee whose Vesting
Service had not been canceled as of December 31, 1988 and who has one (1) Hour
of Service on or after January 1, 1989, shall only be treated as a new
Employee upon reemployment if he incurs a six (6) year Break in Service before
he completes five (5) years of Vesting Service.

          For purposes of crediting an Employee's service for vesting prior to
May 1, 1976, termination of employment shall be considered a Break in Service
which caused the Employee to lose all non-vested credit under the Plan and be
treated as a new Employee upon rehire.

          Section 3.05.  Hour of Service.  For purposes of this Plan, an
Employee shall receive credit for an Hour of Service for each hour the
Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by the Company
including any hour for which back pay is awarded irrespective of mitigation of
damages; provided, however, for any single continuous period during which no
work is performed, no credit shall be given for any hours in excess of five
hundred one (501).  Any Participant, however, with a compensable injury will
be credited for time lost from work for a maximum of eighteen (18) months.  In
determining the number of hours for which no work was performed, the method of
determination shall be in accordance with the Department of Labor Regulation,
Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

          Section 3.06.  Transfer of Employment.  (a)  In the event an
individual employed by the Company and covered by Gehl Company Retirement
Income Plan "A" or Gehl Company Retirement Income Plan "C" transfers after May
1, 1980, in the case of Plan "A," or between May 1, 1980 and December 31,
1989, in the case of Plan "C," into the status of an Employee for a period of
at least one (1) year, as defined in Section 2.01(p) hereof, such Employee
shall commence participation in this Plan as of the date of transfer.  For any
such individual who remains in the status of an Employee, his Benefit Accrual
Service under Section 3.02, Vesting Service under Section 3.03, and
Compensation under Section 2.01(j) shall be calculated including all years of
his employment with the Company both before and after the date of transfer,
subject, however, to an offset under Section 5.01 hereof for the value of any
monthly benefit payable under any other qualified defined benefit pension plan
sponsored by the Company for service counted hereunder.

          (b)  In the event an individual employed by the Company but not
covered by Plan "A" or Plan "C" transfers after December 31, 1988 into the
status of an Employee, such Employee shall commence participation in this Plan
as of the date of transfer.  For any such individual, his Benefit Accrual
Service under Section 3.02 and Compensation under Section 2.01(j) shall be
calculated from the date of transfer, but Vesting Service under Section 3.03
shall include all years of his employment with the Company.

          (c)  In the event that a Participant herein transfers after May 1,
1980, his employment with the Company to a status not covered by Section
2.01(p) hereof, his Accrued Benefit as defined in Section 2.01(a) shall be
frozen as of the date of transfer out of the status of an Employee.  Vesting
Service under Section 3.03 shall continue to be credited after the date of  
transfer pursuant to the rules of Section 3.03.  As soon as administratively
feasible following each Plan Year end, the assets and liabilities for any
frozen Accrued Benefit of a Participant, who is covered under another defined
benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company, shall be transferred to such
pension plan to the extent that no more than a pro rata share of excess plan
assets would be required to be transferred as determined by the Actuary.


               ARTICLE IV.  REQUIREMENTS FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS


          Section 4.01.  Normal Retirement.  A Participant shall be eligible
for a Normal Retirement Pension if his employment is terminated on or after
his attainment of age 65.  Payment of a Normal Retirement Pension shall
commence as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following
the date of Retirement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective April 1,
1990, benefits shall be paid or commence no later than the April 1 after the
end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, even if
the Participant is still employed.  Such benefits shall be calculated
initially as of the initial commencement date and recalculated annually during
continued employment.  The benefit resulting from any such recalculation shall
be the greater of the monthly benefit from the preceding year or the
recalculated benefit minus the actuarial equivalent (as defined in Section
5.09) of the benefits distributed to the Participant in prior years.

          Section 4.02.  Early Retirement.  A Participant shall be eligible
for an Early Retirement Pension if his employment is terminated on or after
his 55th birthday and after he has completed five (5) or more years of Vesting
Service.  Payment of an Early Retirement Pension shall commence as of the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date.  However, if a Participant requests the
Committee to authorize the commencement of his Early Retirement Pension as of
the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his Retirement,
or as of the first day of any subsequent month which precedes his Normal
Retirement Date, his Pension shall commence as of the beginning of the month
so requested, but the amount thereof shall be reduced as provided in Section
5.04.

          Section 4.03.  Disability Retirement.  A Participant shall be
eligible for a Disability Retirement Pension if his employment is terminated
by reason of Disability after he (a) has completed five (5) or more years of
Vesting Service, (b) has not attained age 65 and (c) has been disabled for a
period of six consecutive months.  Payment of a Disability Retirement Pension
shall commence as of the first day of the 7th month coinciding with or next
following the date employment terminates by reason of Disability.

          "Disability" under the Plan shall mean a physical or mental
condition which totally and presumably permanently prevents a Participant from
engaging in any substantially gainful activity, based on a medical examination
by a doctor or clinic appointed by the Committee.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, no Participant
shall qualify for a Disability Retirement Pension if the Committee determines
that his Disability results from (a) an injury suffered while engaged in a
felonious or criminal act or enterprise or (b) service in the armed forces of
the United States which entitles the Participant to a veteran's disability
pension; but this provision shall not prevent the Participant from qualifying
for a Pension under another provision of the Plan.  

          Disability shall be considered to have ended and entitlement to a
Disability Retirement Pension shall cease if, prior to his Normal Retirement
Date, the Participant (a) is reemployed by the Company, (b) engages in any
substantially gainful activity, except for such employment as is found by the
Committee to be for the primary purpose of rehabilitation or not incompatible
with a finding of total and permanent disability, or (c) has sufficiently
recovered, in the opinion of the Committee based on a medical examination by a
doctor or clinic appointed by the Committee, to be able to engage in regular
employment with the Company and refuses an offer of employment of the Company,
or (d) refuses to undergo any medical examination requested by the Committee,
provided that a medical examination shall not be required more frequently than
twice in any calendar year.  If entitlement to a Disability Retirement Pension
ceases in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, such a Participant
shall not be prevented from qualifying for a Pension under another provision
of the Plan based on his Vesting and Benefit Accrual Service prior to
Disability Retirement, and the Disability Pension payments received shall be
disregarded.

          Section 4.04.  Deferred Vested Pension.  Effective for Participants
who complete at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1989, a
Participant shall be eligible for a Deferred Vested Pension in accordance with
the provisions of Section 5.05 if his employment is terminated before death or
Retirement after he has completed at least five (5) years of Vesting Service.

          Section 4.05.  Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Annuity Pension.  (a)
Unless an election to the contrary is made as described below, if (i) an
active Participant with five (5) years of Vesting Service, (ii) a Participant
who terminated from employment with the Company on or after August 23, 1984
and before January 1, 1989 with ten (10) years of Vesting Service or (iii) a
Participant who terminated from employment with the Company on or after
January 1, 1989 and is eligible for a deferred vested benefit pursuant to
Section 4.04, dies prior to commencement of retirement benefits, his Eligible
Spouse, if any, will be entitled to a Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Annuity
Benefit.  If a Participant fails to waive the surviving spouse benefit
coverage as provided in this Section, any benefit payable to or on behalf of
the Participant or any beneficiary shall be subject to a percentage reduction
(in addition to any other applicable reductions under the Plan) for each Plan
Year during which such pre-retirement survivor coverage is in effect,
commencing with Plan Years after December 31, 1984.  The percentage reduction
for a particular year shall be based upon the age of the Participant at his
birthday during that year, as determined under the following schedule:


          Attained Age             Percentage Reduction 

                     Under 35                     0.0%
                       35-44                      0.1%
                       45-54                      0.2%
                       55-65                      0.5%

Prior to a Participant's attainment of age fifty-five (55), the full
percentage reduction for pre-retirement survivor coverage shall be charged for
any Plan Year in which the coverage is in effect for at least one day.  Once a
Participant attains age fifty-five (55), the percentage reduction shall be  
reduced to a monthly cost, which shall be charged for each month in which the
pre-retirement survivor coverage is in effect for at least one day; provided,
however, that the annual percentage reduction for any such Participant shall
not exceed one-half percent (0.5%).

          A Participant may elect in writing on a form provided by and filed
with the Committee to waive the surviving spouse benefit provided in this
Section.  Such election may be made (or revoked) at any time during a period
commencing with the first day of the Plan Year during which the Participant
attains age thirty-five (35) and ending on the date of the Participant's
death.  Elections filed by a Participant pursuant to this Section to waive the
surviving spouse benefit coverage will be deemed invalid unless either his
Eligible Spouse has executed the election form and has acknowledged the effect
of the waiver and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or a Plan
representative appointed by the Committee or the Participant has demonstrated
to the Committee that he has no spouse of whom consent is required, his spouse
cannot be located or he is excused because of other circumstances approved in
federal regulations.  If a Participant marries after filing an election under
this Section, such election shall be void unless a new election accompanied by
the aforementioned consent and acknowledgement of his Spouse is filed with the
Committee.  The Committee shall provide to the Participant general information
with respect to the terms and conditions and the general effect of the
surviving spouse benefit which may be waived pursuant to this Section pursuant
to applicable regulations and in any event at least ninety (90) days prior to
the commencement of the election period specified above.

          (b)  If a Participant separated from employment with the Company
after December 31, 1975 but prior to August 23, 1984 with a deferred vested
benefit and as of August 23, 1984 was alive and had not begun to receive
benefits under this Plan, the Participant may elect to have the surviving
spouse benefit of this section apply by submitting a written election to the
Committee on or after August 23, 1984, and prior to the commencement of his
benefits under the Plan or, if earlier, his death.



                ARTICLE V.  BENEFIT ACCRUAL; AMOUNT OF BENEFIT


          Section 5.01.  Benefit Accrual.  The accrued monthly benefit of a
Participant terminating employment on or after January 1, 1994, commencing on
his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to the greater of either paragraph
(a) or (b) following:

          (a)  One percent (1%) of his Average Monthly Compensation multiplied
by the number of years (including fractions of a year to the nearest
one-tenth) of his Benefit Accrual Service, to a maximum of thirty-five (35)
years.

          (b)  Twenty dollars ($20.00) per month multiplied by the number of
years (including fractions of a year to the nearest one-tenth) of his Benefit
Accrual Service.  

Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the accrued
benefit, including early retirement supplements, of a Participant shall not be
less than the amount accrued as of the day preceding the Plan Year beginning
in 1989.

          Section 5.02.  Normal Retirement Pension.  Subject to the following
paragraph, a Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit shall be the amount
determined in either (a) or (b).

          (a)  A Participant who retires on the Life Annuity form described in
Section 6.03 shall receive a monthly benefit equal to the total benefit
accrued in Section 5.01.

          (b)  A Participant who retires on a form of annuity other than the
Life Annuity form shall receive a monthly benefit equal to the amount
determined in Section 5.01 reduced to the actuarial equivalent in accordance
with Section 5.09.

          Section 5.03.  Deferred Retirement Pension.  A Participant's
Deferred Retirement Benefit shall be computed as in 5.02 above.

          Section 5.04.  Early Retirement Pension.  (a)  A Participant who
elects to retire at an Early Retirement Date shall receive a monthly pension
equal to the amount of his Normal Retirement Pension, reduced in accordance
with the applicable schedule below if benefits commence prior to the Normal
Retirement Date.

          (b)  For benefits commencing on or after January 1, 1985, for
Participants who on such date are under age fifty-five (55), the schedule is:

                                   Percentage to Apply to
          Employee's Age at        Normal Retirement
          Benefit Commencement     Pension Otherwise Payable 

                 65                         100.0%
                 64                          95.0
                 63                          90.0
                 62                          85.0
                 61                          80.0
                 60                          75.0
                 59                          70.0
                 58                          65.0
                 57                          60.0
                 56                          55.0
                 55                          50.0

          (c)  For benefits commencing on or after January 1, 1985, for
Participants who on such date are at least age fifty-five (55), the schedule
of reduction factors is based on the Participant's age on January 1, 1985; the
table below indicates the age at which full, unreduced benefits could commence
and any earlier commencement will result in a reduction of five percent (5%)
for each twelve (12) month period:

          Age on 1-1-85            Unreduced Benefits at Age   
          60 or over                        62
              59                            62-1/2
              58                            63
              57                            63-1/2
              56                            64
              55                            64-1/2

Notwithstanding the above, however, effective after December 31, 1989, any
Participant otherwise covered by (c) above, due to his age of fifty-five (55)
or over as of January 1, 1985, shall not be covered by (c) but shall be
covered by (b) if he was a highly compensated employee, as defined in Code
Section 414(q), on any date after December 31, 1983.

          Section 5.05.  Deferred Vested Pension.  The amount of a
Participant's Deferred Vested Pension, commencing as of his Normal Retirement
Date, shall be computed in accordance with Section 5.02 above.  A Participant
may elect pursuant to rules established by the Committee to receive his
Deferred Vested Pension at any time after his attainment of age fifty-five
(55), subject to the appropriate reductions described in Section 5.04 above.

          Section 5.06.  Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Annuity Pension.  The
Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Annuity Pension payable to a Participant's
Eligible Spouse shall be equal to the amount which would have been payable to
the Eligible Spouse had the Participant (i) ceased earning Benefit Accrual
Service and Compensation, (ii) commenced a retirement benefit at the later of
his death or the day he would have been fifty-five (55) having elected Option
"B" of the Joint and Survivor Life Annuity described in Section 6.04 with his
Eligible Spouse as the joint annuitant, and (iii) died the next day.

          The benefit shall commence to the Eligible Spouse on the first day
of the month next following the later of (i) the Participant's death or (ii)
the earlier of (A) the day he would have been fifty-five (55) (if he completed
five (5) years of service prior to his death) or (B) the day he would have
been sixty-five (65), and end with the payment due on the first day of the
month in which the Eligible Spouse dies.  If applicable, the eligible spouse
may elect to defer commencement of such benefit until a date between the two
dates in item (ii) above, subject to adjustment for the later commencement in
accordance with the terms of Section 5.04 above.

          Section 5.07.  Disability Pension.  A Participant who becomes
totally and permanently disabled shall be entitled at his Disability
Retirement Date to a monthly benefit of $150 (One Hundred Fifty Dollars).  If
an Employee who is receiving disability benefits attains age sixty-five (65),
he shall then receive, in lieu of a disability benefit, an amount equal to the
amount which would have been payable as a normal retirement benefit if he had
attained his sixty-fifth birthday on the date his permanent disability
commenced.  A Participant may elect, pursuant to rules established by the
Committee, to receive his Normal Retirement Pension in lieu of a Disability
Pension at any time after his attainment of age fifty-five (55), subject to
the appropriate reductions described in Section 5.04 above.

          Section 5.08.  Small Pension Payments.  In the case of any
retirement or death benefit with an actuarial equivalent (determined under
Section 5.09) which has never exceeded $3,500, the Trustee shall pay such  
benefit in lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year in
which occurs the Participant's termination of employment.  A Participant whose
vested benefit has been distributed or who has no vested interest shall be
deemed cashed out from the Plan.  No such single sum settlement shall be
available to an Ontario, Canada Employee.

          Section 5.09.  Actuarial Equivalents.  "Actuarial equivalent" means
a benefit of equivalent value calculated using the following interest and
mortality rates:

          (a)  Except as otherwise provided herein, for purposes of converting
from one periodic form of payment to another, the interest rate shall be seven
and one-half percent (7-1/2%) per annum compounded annually and the mortality
rate shall be based on the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table for Males; and

          (b)  For purposes of converting from a periodic form of payment to a
lump sum form of payment under Section 5.08 or 10.06 hereof, the interest and
mortality rates shall be those specified by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation (hereinafter "PBGC") for valuing immediate and deferred annuities
for healthy males for a plan terminating on January l prior to the date the
distribution occurs.



         ARTICLE VI. MANNER AND FORM OF PAYMENT AND OPTIONAL BENEFITS


          Section 6.01.  Participant's Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's
Retirement Pension or Deferred Vested Pension shall, except as provided under
Sections 5.04, 5.05, 5.07 or 5.08, be payable in a form of annuity commencing
as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the
Participant's attainment of age sixty-five (65) or termination of employment,
whichever is later, subject to the requirements of Section 4.01.

          Section 6.02.  Eligible Spouse Benefit.  A Participant who has an
Eligible Spouse at his benefit commencement date shall be deemed to have
automatically elected to have his Pension paid pursuant to Option "B" of the
Joint and Survivor Life Annuity under Section 6.04 with his Eligible Spouse as
the joint annuitant.  Prior to his benefit commencement date, a Participant,
after first receiving a written explanation of the terms and conditions of
Option "B", may elect to rescind the automatic election.  Subject to the
conditions and restrictions of Section 6.06, such Participant may elect to
have his benefit paid in accordance with a form of annuity cited in Sections
6.03, 6.04 or 6.05, each of which shall be actuarially equivalent to the Life
Annuity form determined pursuant to Section 5.09.  Any election under this
Section will be deemed invalid unless either (i) the Participant's Eligible
Spouse has executed the election form and has acknowledged the effect of the
waiver and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or a Plan
representative appointed by the Committee or (ii) the Participant has
demonstrated to the Committee that he has no spouse of whom consent is
required, his spouse cannot be located or he is excused because of other
circumstances approved in federal regulations.

          Section 6.03.  Life Annuity.  Life Annuity form provides for monthly
payments to the Participant continuing to the last day of the month in which
his death occurs.

          Section 6.04.  Joint and Survivor Life Annuity.  Joint and Survivor
Life Annuity form provides for reduced monthly payments during the lifetime of  
the Participant and ending after the payment for the last day of the month in
which the survivor of the Participant and his joint annuitant dies.  The
monthly payments shall be made in accordance with one of the following
options.

          Option "A" - a monthly Pension payable during the lifetime of the
Participant and following his death such monthly Pension payable to his
surviving annuitant for the annuitant's lifetime.

          Option "B" - a monthly Pension payable during the lifetime of the
Participant and upon his death 50% of such monthly Pension payable to his
surviving annuitant for the annuitant's lifetime.

          Section 6.05.  Period Certain Life Annuity.  Period Certain Life
Annuity form provides for reduced monthly payments continuing to the first day
of the month in which the Participant's death occurs or the end of the certain
period (60 to 120 months, whichever duration is elected), whichever is later. 
If the Participant dies before the end of the certain period, payments in the
same amount shall be continued to his Beneficiary to the end of such period.

          Section 6.06.  Annuity Election Conditions.  The following
conditions and restrictions are applicable to the election of a form of
annuity.

          (a)  A Participant shall make his election on a form provided by the
Committee or its designee.

          (b)  An election must be filed with the Committee or its designee
during the 90-day period prior to the Participant's benefit commencement date.

          (c)  Any election previously made may be changed as provided herein
prior to the expiration of the 90-day period referenced in paragraph (b) above
by notifying the Committee in writing and fulfilling the applicable Plan
requirements.

          (d)  Except as provided in the last sentence of Section 6.04, if a
Participant has elected the Joint and Survivor Life Annuity and either the
Participant or his joint annuitant dies before his benefit commencement date,
the election will be canceled.

          (e)  The provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with Code
Section 401(a)(9) which prescribes certain rules regarding minimum
distributions and requires that death benefits be incidental to retirement
benefits.  All distributions under the Plan shall be made in conformance with
Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder which are incorporated herein
by reference.  The provisions of the Plan governing distributions are intended
to apply in lieu of any default provisions prescribed in regulations;
provided, however, that Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder
override any Plan provisions inconsistent with such Code Section and
regulations.

          Section 6.07.  Disability Pension.  A Participant who retires at his
Disability Retirement Date shall receive monthly payments beginning on such
Retirement Date and ending on the earliest of his Early Retirement Date, his  
Normal Retirement Date, his recovery from Disability or his death.  If a
Participant remains disabled until his Normal Retirement Date, or he elects an
Early Retirement Date pursuant to Section 4.02, he shall at such Retirement
Date begin to receive annuity payments as described in this Article.  These
benefits shall not be cumulative and the benefit commencement date for
Retirement Pension shall be the day after Disability Pension ceases.

          Section 6.08.  Beneficiary Designations.  Subject to the spouse
consent requirements in Section 6.02, each Participant who has elected a Joint
and Survivor or Period Certain Life Annuity Option shall have the right at any
time prior to Retirement (and thereafter with respect to the Period Certain
Life Annuity Option) to designate, and rescind or change any designation of, a
joint annuitant or a primary and a contingent Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to
receive a Pension in the event of his death.  If there is no designated
Beneficiary alive when such benefit becomes payable, the Pension under the
Period Certain form shall be paid to the estate of the last to die of the
Participant and his designated Beneficiaries.  If a primary Beneficiary dies
before receiving the Pension benefits to which he is entitled, the balance of
such payments shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary.  If there is no
contingent Beneficiary, or if the contingent Beneficiary dies before receiving
all Pension benefit payments to which he is entitled, the balance of such
payments shall be paid to the estate of the last to die of such Beneficiaries. 
Neither the Company nor the Trustee (in its capacity as such) shall be named
as Beneficiary.  A designation or change of joint annuitant Beneficiary shall
be made in writing on such form or forms as the Committee may require.

          Section 6.09.  Reemployment After Termination of Employment.  (a) 
In the event a Participant is reemployed by the Company after he becomes
entitled to benefits, any benefit payments which may have commenced shall be
suspended during the period of reemployment, effective with the first payment
due after the date of the Participant's reemployment.  Upon his subsequent
termination of employment, the Participant shall be entitled to benefits based
upon his prior Benefit Accrual Service, his Benefit Accrual Service during the
period of reemployment, his Average Monthly Compensation as of his last date
of termination of employment and other relevant factors, but reduced by the
actuarial equivalent of any benefits paid to him prior to age sixty-five (65)
as determined under Section 5.09, provided that the Participant's accrued
benefit prior to any reduction for benefits previously paid shall not be less
than the amount of his accrued benefit prior to his reemployment.  Such
benefits shall be payable in the form determined under Article VI.  For
purposes of computing his Average Monthly Compensation, the period of absence
from his prior termination date to the date of his reemployment shall be
excluded in determining the applicable five (5) and ten (10) calendar year
periods.

          (b)  Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, a Participant
who has attained age sixty-five (65) and receives payment for fewer than forty
(40) Hours of Service as defined in Section 3.05 for any calendar month during
his period of reemployment shall be deemed to have again terminated employment
and shall be entitled to benefit payments hereunder for such month.  However,
such a Participant shall be deemed to have been reemployed, and his benefits
shall be suspended in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section as of the
first day of any subsequent month for which he actually receives payment for
forty (40) or more Hours in a calendar month.  

          (c)  If a Participant whose benefits have been suspended under this
Section dies while in the employment of the Company, then the only benefits
payable hereunder on the Participant's account shall be the benefits under
Section 4.05 hereof if applicable.

          (d)  The Committee shall adopt appropriate rules for the
administration of this Section which may include rules (i) relating to the
notification of affected Participants, (ii) requiring that affected
Participants notify the Committee of any termination of employment and of any
reemployment, and (iii) providing for the offset from future benefit payments
of any benefits actually paid hereunder for a month in which such benefits
should have been suspended.  Such rules shall be in compliance with ERISA and
the applicable regulations issued thereunder.

          Section 6.10 Early Retirement Window.  

          (a)  Participants listed in subsection (b) below who on December 31,
1991 are at least age fifty-seven (57) may elect during the period November
15, 1991 through December 31, 1991 to retire as of January 1, 1992 and receive
the special benefits provided in this Section.  For electing eligible
participants,

               (i)       no early commencement reduction shall be applied in
                         Section 5.04(b);

               (ii)      no pre-retirement surviving spouse annuity election
                         reduction shall be applied in Section 4.05(a);

               (iii)     until attainment of age 62, a special supplement of
                         $600 shall be paid each month;

               (iv)      until attainment of age 65, a special supplement
                         shall be paid each month of $171 for a participant
                         with single health coverage as of December 31, 1991
                         and of $436 for a participant with family health
                         coverage as of such date; and

               (v)       for Gehl Agriculture Division sales personnel, the
                         definition of Compensation in Section 2.01(j) shall
                         not be subject to the seventy-five percent (75%)
                         limitation on aggregate guaranteed salary and
                         commission.

          (b)  The Participants eligible for this early retirement window
option are:

       Bandy, John C.          Haas, Lawrence J.   Schmeling, Marvin M.
       Bobholz, Maurice G.     Hadler, Howard N.   Smith, Richard M.
       Boone, James H.         Klein, Ralph E.     Spaeth, Charles J.
       Bowling, John R.        Kloke, Ellen M.     Stotesbery, Darrell L.
       Bruesewitz, Leroy W.    Koth, Keith K.      Stotesbery, Gerald L.
       Cline, Paul A.          Leverenz, John H.   Thelen, Norbert W.  
       Cudnohoske, Kenneth C.  Luckert, Gerald J.  Weber, Ira W.
       Dell, Arthur P.         Nonhof, Loren D.    Whiting, James
       Ecker, Joseph J.        Raabe, Gertrude B.  Wiedenfield, Donald H.
       Fiebig, Robert D.       Salter, Daniel A.   Woelke, Wayne
       Fischer, Herbert M.     Scheffler, David R. Yanna, Roger E.
       Givens, James G.        Scheffner, George J.
       Groeneveld, Wilbur      Schellinger, Laverne

          Section 6.11.  Early Retirement Window.  

          (a)  Participants listed in subsection (b) below who on December 31,
1992, are at least age fifty-seven (57) may elect during the period November
14, 1992 through December 30, 1992, to retire as of December 31, 1992 and
receive the special benefits provided in this Section.  For electing eligible
participants, the supplemental benefit shall be equal to the sum of:

               (i)  2.5% of current salary time years of service,
                    plus

               (ii) 30% of current salary.

          Such supplemental payment shall be made in the form of a lump sum
payment or in the form of a joint and survivor life annuity using Option "B"
of Section 6.04 with an actuarial equivalent monthly benefit determined
pursuant to 5.09(b).  The annuity form shall apply unless the Participant and
spouse consent to the lump sum payment in accordance with procedures of
Sections 6.02 and 6.06.

          (b)  The Participants eligible for this early retirement window
option are:

               Kluever, Lou Ann         Klupper, Robert J.

          Section 6.12.  Early Retirement Window.  

          (a)  Participant listed in subsection (b) below who on July 31,
1993, is at least age fifty-seven (57) may elect during the period April 28,
1993 through June 28, 1993, to retire as of August 1, 1993, and receive the
special benefits provided in this Section.  For electing eligible
participants, 

               (i)       until attainment of age sixty-two (62), a special
                         supplement of $500 shall be paid each month as a
                         Social Security supplement;

               (ii)      until attainment of age sixty-five (65), a special
                         supplement shall be paid each month of $450 as a
                         health and dental insurance supplement; and  

               (iii)     in lieu of the normal accrued benefit, the life only
                         accrued benefit (subject to adjustment for optional
                         forms of payment pursuant to the terms of the Plan
                         using the participant's actual age) shall be
                         increased so that it is equal to the benefit which
                         would have been payable if the participant worked
                         until age sixty-two (62) with no salary reduction
                         since 9/1/91 and received three percent (3%) salary
                         increases annually.

          (b)  The Participant eligible for this early retirement window
option is:

                              Erwin G. Koepp, Jr.

          Section 6.13.  Direct Transfer of Eligible Rollover Distributions.

          (a)  This section applies to distributions made on or after January
1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise limit a distributee's election under this section, a distributee may
elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any
portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover as such
terms are defined herein.

          (b)  An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or
any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
eligible rollover distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one
of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not
includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

          (c)  An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account
described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section
403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the
code, that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  However,
in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity.

          (d)  A distributee includes an employee or former employee.  In
addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the
employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate
payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p)
of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or
former spouse. 

          (e)  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee.


           ARTICLE VII.  PLAN FINANCING:  CONTRIBUTIONS AND FUNDING


          Section 7.01.  Purpose of Funding.  The Plan shall be funded for the
exclusive purpose of providing Pensions to Participants and their
Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses in administering the Plan.

          Section 7.02.  Contributions.  The Company shall bear the total
costs of the Plan.  Such costs will include the amounts necessary to provide
Pension payments to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries and the payment
of administrative expenses.

          Section 7.03.  Management Form.  Initially, all contributions to the
Plan and all Pension payments from the Plan shall be made under the Trust
Agreement.


                         ARTICLE VIII.  ADMINISTRATION


          Section 8.01.  Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries for
Plan Administration.  The Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers,
duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given them under
this Plan.  In general, the Board shall have the sole authority to appoint and
remove members of the Committee and any Investment Manager and to amend or
terminate the Plan, in whole or in part.  The Committee shall have the sole
responsibility for the administration of this Plan, which responsibility is
specifically described in this Plan.  The Trustee shall have the
responsibility for the proper administration and management of the Fund
assets.  Each Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information
furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of
the Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. 
Furthermore, each Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or
action of another Fiduciary as being proper under this Plan, and is not
required under this Plan in inquire into the propriety of any such direction,
information or action.  It is intended under this Plan that each Fiduciary
shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties,
responsibilities and obligations under this Plan and shall not be responsible
for any act or failure to act of another Fiduciary.  No Fiduciary guarantees
the Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.

          Section 8.02.  Appointment of Committee.  The Plan shall be
administered by the Committee consisting of at least three persons who shall
be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board.  All usual and
reasonable expenses of the Committee may be paid in whole or in part by the
Company, and any expenses not paid by the Company shall be paid out of the
principal or income of the Fund.  Any members of the Committee who are
Employees shall not receive Compensation with respect to their services for
the Committee.  

          Section 8.03.  Claims Procedure.  All claims for benefits under the
Plan shall be directed to the attention of the Committee.  If the Committee
determines that any individual who has claimed a right to receive benefits
under the Plan is not entitled to receive all or any of the benefits claimed,
the claimant shall be informed of the reasons for the denial, with specific
reference to pertinent Plan provisions and with a description of the review
procedures set forth below.

          The claimant may within sixty days thereafter submit to the
Committee by certified or registered mail such further information as will, in
the claimant's opinion, establish his rights to such benefits.  If, upon
receipt of this further information, the Committee determines that the
claimant is not entitled to the benefits claimed, it shall afford the claimant
or his representative reasonable opportunity to appear personally before it,
to submit issues and comments in writing, and to review pertinent documents. 
The Committee shall render its final decision with the specific reasons
therefor in writing and shall transmit it to the claimant by certified mail
within sixty days of any such appearance.  The Committee shall have
discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits and to construe
the terms of the Plan; any such determination or construction shall be final
and binding on all parties unless arbitrary and capricious.

          Section 8.04.  Records and Reports.  The Committee shall exercise
such authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply
with ERISA and governmental regulations issued thereunder relating to: 
records of Participants' service, Accrued Benefits and the percentage of such
Pensions which are nonforfeitable under the Plan, notifications to
Participants, and any and all reports to the appropriate governmental agencies
as required by law.

          Section 8.05.  Other Committee Powers and Duties.  The Committee
shall have such duties and powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties
hereunder, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

          (a)  to construe and interpret the Plan, decide all questions of
eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any
Pensions hereunder;

          (b)  to prescribe procedures to be followed by Participants or
Beneficiaries filing applications for Pensions;

          (c)  to prepare and distribute, in such manner as the Committee
determines to be appropriate, information explaining the Plan;

          (d)  to receive from the Company and from Participants such
information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

          (e)  to furnish the Company, upon request, such annual reports with
respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and appropriate;

          (f)  to receive and review the periodic valuation of the Plan made
by the Actuary;  

          (g)  to receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient or
proper) reports of the financial condition, and of the receipts and
disbursements, of the Fund from the Trustee;

          (h)  to appoint or employ individuals to assist in the
administration of the Plan and any other agents it deems advisable, including
legal and actuarial counsel.

          The Committee shall have no power to add to, subtract from or modify
any of the terms of the Plan, or to change or add to any Pensions provided by
the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for a
Pension under the Plan.

          Section 8.06.  Rules and Decisions.  The Committee may adopt such
rules and actuarial tables as it deems necessary, desirable or appropriate. 
All rules and decisions of the Committee shall be uniformly and consistently
applied to all Participants in similar circumstances.  When making a
determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon
information furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Company, the legal
counsel of the Company, the Actuary, or the Trustee.

          Section 8.07.  Committee Procedures.  The Committee may act at a
meeting or in writing without a meeting.  The Committee shall elect one of its
members as chairman, appoint a secretary, who may or may not be a Committee
member.  The secretary shall keep a record of all meetings.  The Committee may
adopt such bylaws and regulations as it deems desirable for the conduct of its
affairs.

          All decisions of the Committee shall be made by the vote of the
majority including actions in writing taken without a meeting.  A dissenting
Committee member who, within a reasonable time after he has knowledge of any
action or failure to act by the majority, registers his dissent in writing
delivered to the other Committee members, the Company and the Trustee shall
not be responsible for any such action or failure to act.

          Section 8.08.  Authorization of Benefit Payments.  The Committee
shall issue directions to the Trustee concerning all benefits which are to be
paid from the Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and warrants that
all such directions are in accordance with this Plan.

          Section 8.09.  Application and Forms for Pension.  The Committee may
require a Participant to complete and file with the Committee an application
for Pension and all other forms approved by the Committee, and to furnish all
pertinent information requested by the Committee.  The Committee may rely upon
all such information so furnished it, including the Participant's current
mailing address.

          Section 8.10.  Facility of Payment.  Whenever, in the Committee's
opinion, a person entitled to receive any payment of a Pension or installment
thereof hereunder is under a legal Disability or is incapacitated in any way
so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Committee may direct
the Trustee to make payments to such person or to his legal representative, or
the Committee may direct the Trustee to apply the payment for the benefit of
such person in such manner as the Committee considers advisable.  Any payment  
of a Pension or installment thereof in accordance with the provisions of this
Section shall be a complete discharge of any liability for the making of such
payment under the provisions of the Plan.


              ARTICLE IX.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN


          Section 9.01.  Amendment of the Plan.  The Company reserves the
right to modify or amend this Plan from time to time and to any extent that it
may deem advisable including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure the
continued qualification of this Plan under the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code.  Any amendment shall be made pursuant to a resolution duly
adopted by the Board.  No amendment shall have the effect of revesting in the
Company the whole or any part of the assets of this Plan or of diverting any
part of the assets of this Plan to purposes other than the exclusive benefit
of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses
of administering the Plan at any time prior to the satisfaction of all the
liabilities under this Plan with respect to such persons.  Employer
contributions hereunder are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code
Section 404.  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the
extent a deduction is disallowed, contributions may be returned to the
Employer within one year after such disallowance.  No amendment shall
adversely affect the Vested Deferred Pension of a Participant nor decrease a
Participant's accrued benefit or vested percentage nor eliminate an optional
form of distribution for a previously accrued benefit.

          Section 9.02.  Termination of the Plan.  This Plan may be terminated
by the Company upon action of the Board at any time for any reason.

          Benefits are Non-Forfeitable:  Upon full or partial termination of
the Plan, the rights of all Participants to their Accrued Benefits in
accordance with Section 5.01, to the date of termination shall be
non-forfeitable, subject to the extent the Pension is funded.

          Section 9.03.  Allocation of Assets Upon Plan Termination.  Upon
termination of the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.02, the
Plan's assets shall be allocated in accordance with the requirements of the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

          Any residual assets of the Plan remaining after the satisfaction of
all liabilities of the Plan shall be distributed to the Company.

          Section 9.04.  Merger or Consolidation.  No merger or consolidation
with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other Plan shall be made
unless,

          (a)  each Participant in this Plan would receive a Pension, if the
Plan then terminated immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer,
which is equal to or greater than the Pension he would have been entitled to
receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer if this Plan
had then terminated, and  

          (b)  such other Plan is qualified under Sections 401(a) and 501(a)
of the Internal Revenue Code.


                     ARTICLE X.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


          Section 10.01.  Evidence of Survival.  Where a Pension payment is
contingent upon the survival of any person, evidence of such person's survival
must be furnished either by personal endorsement of the check drawn for such
payment or by other evidence satisfactory to the Committee or its designee.

          Section 10.02.  Misstated Information.  If any information has been
misstated on which a Pension under the Plan with respect to a person was
based, such benefit shall not be invalidated, but the amount of the Pension
shall be adjusted to the proper amount as determined on the basis of the
correct information.  Overpayments, if any, with interest as determined by the
Committee or its designee shall be charged against any payments accruing with
respect to the person.  The Committee or its designee reserves the right to
require proof of age of any person entitled to a Pension under this Plan.

          Section 10.03.  Action by Company.  Any action by the Company under
this Plan may be by resolution of its Board or by any person or persons duly
authorized by resolution of said Board to take such action.

          Section 10.04.  Nonguarantee of Employment.  Nothing contained in
this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company
and any Employee, as a right of any Employee to be continued in the employment
of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge
any of its Employees, with or without cause.

          Section 10.05.  Rights of Plan Assets.  No Employee shall have any
right to, or interest in, any assets of the Fund upon termination of his
employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan,
and then only to the extent of the Pensions payable under the Plan to such
Employees out of the assets of the Fund.  Except as otherwise may be provided
under Title IV of ERISA, all payments of Pensions as provided for in this Plan
shall be made solely out of the assets of the Fund and none of the Fiduciaries
shall be liable therefor in any manner.  At the direction of the Committee,
expenses of the Plan shall be paid from the Plan assets.

          Section 10.06.  Non-alienation of Benefits.  Pensions payable under
this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation,
sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment,
execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, including any
such liability which is for alimony or other payments for the support of a
spouse or former spouse, or for any other relative of the Participant, prior
to actually being received by the person entitled to the Pension under the
terms of the Plan; and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer,
assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits
payable hereunder, shall be void.  The Fund shall not in any manner be liable
for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of
any person entitled to a Pension hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Trustee may recognize a qualified domestic relations order with respect to  
child support, alimony payments or marital property rights if such order
contains sufficient information for the Committee to determine that it meets
the applicable requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.  The Committee
shall establish written procedures concerning the notification of interested
parties and the determination of the validity of such orders.  As necessary,
the Committee shall determine the actuarial equivalent of applicable benefits
in order to comply with any such order in accordance with Section 5.09; if any
such order so directs, distribution of benefits to the alternate payee may be
made at a time not permitted for distributions to the Participant and may be
made in a lump sum subject to the limitation in Section 5.08.

          Section 10.07.  Notice of Change of Address.  It shall be the
responsibility of the Deferred Vested Plan Participant to notify the Company
of his current address.

          Section 10.08.  Canadian Law.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will comply in all respects with any
applicable Canadian federal or provincial governmental laws and/or
regulations.

          Section 10.09.  Top-Heavy Restrictions.  (a)  Notwithstanding any
provision to the contrary herein, in accordance with Code Section 416, if the
Plan is a top-heavy plan for any Plan Year, then the provisions of this
Section shall be applicable.  The Plan is "top-heavy" for a Plan Year if as of
its "determination date" (i.e. the last day of the preceding Plan Year or the
last day of the Plan's first Plan Year, whichever is applicable), the total
present value of the accrued benefits of key employees (as defined in Code
Section 416(i)(1) and applicable regulations) exceeds sixty percent (60%) of
the total present value of the accrued benefits of all employees under the
plan (excluding those of former key employees and employees who have not
performed any services during the preceding five (5) year period) (as such
amounts are computed pursuant to Section 416(g) and applicable regulations
using a five percent (5%) interest assumption and a 1971 GAM mortality
assumption) unless such plan can be aggregated with other plans maintained by
the applicable controlled group in either a permissive or required aggregation
group and such group as a whole is not top-heavy.  Any nonproportional
subsidies for early retirement and benefit options are counted assuming
commencement at the age at which they are most valuable.  In addition, a plan
is top-heavy if it is part of a required aggregation group which is top-heavy. 
Any plan of a controlled group may be included in a permissive aggregation
group as long as together they satisfy the Code 401(a)(4) and 410
discrimination requirements.  Plans of a controlled group which must be
included in a required aggregation group include any plan in which a key
employee participates or participated at any time during the determination
period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated) and any plan which
enables such a plan to meet the Section 401(a)(4) or 410 discrimination
requirements.  The present values of aggregated plans are determined
separately as of each plan's determination date and the results aggregated for
the determination dates which fall in the same calendar year.  A "controlled
group" for purposes of this Section includes any group employers aggregated
pursuant to Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m).  The calculation of the present
value shall be done as of a valuation date which for a defined contribution
plan is the determination date and for a defined benefit plan is the date as
of which funding calculations are generally made within the twelve month  
period ending on the determination date.  Solely for the purpose of
determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in a required aggregation
group of which this Plan is a part, is top-heavy (within the meaning of
Section 416(g) of the Code) the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a
key employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be
determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual
purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no
such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest
accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Section
411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

          (b)  If a defined contribution plan is top-heavy in a Plan Year,
non-key employee participants who have not separated from service at the end
of such Plan Year will receive allocations of employer contributions and
forfeitures at least equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of compensation
(as defined in Code Section 415) for such year or the percentage of
compensation allocated on behalf of the key employee for whom such percentage
was the highest for such year (including any salary reduction contributions). 
If a defined benefit plan is top-heavy in a Plan Year and no defined
contribution plan is maintained, the employer-derived accrued benefit on a
life only basis commencing at the normal retirement age of each non-key
employee shall be at least equal to a percentage of the highest average
compensation for five consecutive years, excluding any years after such Plan
permanently ceases to be top-heavy, such percentage being the lesser of (i)
twenty percent (20%) or (ii) two percent (2%) times the years of service after
December 31, 1983 in which a Plan Year ends in which the Plan is top-heavy. 
If the controlled group maintains both a defined contribution plan and a
defined benefit plan which cover the same non-key employee, such employee will
be entitled to the defined benefit plan minimum and not to the defined
contribution plan minimum.

          (c)  If the controlled group maintains a defined benefit plan and a
defined contribution plan which both cover one or more of the same key
employees, and if such plans are top-heavy, then the limitation stated in a
separate provision of this Plan with respect to the Code Section 415(e)
maximum benefit limitations shall be amended so that a 1.0 adjustment on the
dollar limitation applies rather than a 1.25 adjustment.  This provision shall
not apply if the Plan is not "super top-heavy" and if the minimum benefit
requirements of this Section are met when two percent (2%) is changed to three
percent (3%) and twenty percent (20%) is changed to an amount not greater than
thirty percent (30%) which equals twenty percent (20%) plus one percent (1%)
for each year such plan is top-heavy.  A plan is "super top-heavy" if the
ratio referred to in subsection (a) above results in a percentage in excess of
ninety percent (90%) rather than a percentage in excess of sixty percent
(60%).

          (d)  If the Plan is top-heavy in a Plan Year, the vesting schedule
shall automatically be amended for any employee employed on the first day of
such year or thereafter so that the vested percentage for employer-derived
benefits is equal to the greater of the vesting provided under other
provisions of the Plan or the following schedule:

          Years of Service         Nonforfeitable Percentage   
               1                         0%
               2                        20%
               3                        40%
               4                        60%
               5                        80%
               6 or more               100%

where "years of service" means the years credited for vesting purposes under
the Plan or, if greater, the years required to be counted under Code Section
411 and applicable regulation thereto.  If the Plan thereafter ceases to be
top-heavy for a Plan Year, the vesting schedule above shall be disregarded and
the original schedule applied, except with respect to any Participant with
three (3) or more years of service and except that no Participant's vested
percentage as of the end of the prior year shall be decreased.  Any non-vested
Participant who acquires a vested interest in the employer-derived benefit by
operation of the amended vesting schedule shall not be subject thereafter to a
cancellation of service.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the
contrary, the amendment of the vesting schedule pursuant to this subsection
shall not affect the calculation of benefit amounts or the determination of
benefit commencement dates hereunder.

          Section 10.10.  Maximum Benefit.  The Plan is subject to the
limitations on benefits and contributions imposed by Code Section 415 which
are incorporated herein by this reference.  The limitation year shall be the
Plan Year.  In the event that there are multiple plans and the sum of the
defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction, as
defined in Code Section 415, exceeds applicable limits for a Participant as of
any December 31, then such Participant's benefit under this Plan shall be
reduced until such limits are satisfied.

          Section 10.11.  Limitations on Benefits for Highly Compensated
Employees.

          (a)  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the
event the Plan is terminated, the benefit of any Participant or former
Participant who is a highly compensated employee or highly compensated former
employee, within the meaning of Code Section 414(q), shall be limited to a
benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).

          (b)  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the
annual payments from the Plan to a Participant or former Participant described
in Subsection (c) below shall not exceed an amount equal to the payments which
would have been made on behalf of such Participant under a single life annuity
which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of such Participant's Accrued
Benefit and other benefits under the Plan.  However, such restrictions shall
not apply if:

            (i)     After payment to such Participant of all benefits, the
                    value of Plan assets equals or exceeds one hundred ten
                    percent (110%) of the value of the Plan's current
                    liabilities, as defined in Code Section 412(l)(7); or

           (ii)     The value of the benefits for such Participant is less
                    than one percent (1%) of the value of the plan's current  
                    liabilities, as defined in Code Section 412(l)(7), before
                    distribution.

For purposes of this subsection (b), the term "benefits" shall include any
loans in excess of the amounts set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A), any
periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living Participant, and
any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the Participant's life.

          (c)  The Participants and former Participants who are affected by
the restriction in subsection (b) above in any Plan Year shall be limited to
the twenty-five (25) highly compensated employees or highly compensated former
employees of the Companies (as defined in Code Section 414(q)) whose
compensation was highest in the earlier of (i) the immediately preceding Plan
Year, or (ii) the last full Plan Year of such Participant's employment by the
Companies.

          Section 10.12.  Retroactive Effective Date.

          (a)  The following provisions shall apply retroactively from and
after the Plan Year beginning in 1987:

              (i)   leased employees in Section 2.01,

             (ii)   benefit limitations in Section 10.10,

            (iii)   top-heavy rules in Section 10.09, and

             (iv)   deletion of mandatory retirement requirement in Sections
                    2.01 and 4.01.

          (b)  The following provision shall apply retroactively from and
after the Plan Year beginning in 1988 for Participants earning an Hour of
Service in such period (i) deletion of age sixty (60) minimum age
participation rule in Sections 3.01 and 3.06.

          (c)  The limitations on benefits for highly compensated employees
described in Section 10.11 shall apply retroactively from and after January 1,
1989.

          (d)  The provision describing the direct transfer of eligible
rollover distributions in Section 6.13 shall apply retroactively from and
after January 1, 1993.

          (e)  The maximum annual compensation considered under the Plan as
described in Section 2.01(j) shall apply retroactively from and after January
1, 1994.







[Page 8 of the Annual Report]
Report of Management

     The management of Gehl Company is responsible for the preparation and
integrity of all financial statements and other information contained in this
annual report.  The financial statements have been prepared by the Company in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles appropriate in the
circumstances.  Such statements necessarily include amounts based on the best
estimates and judgments of management after giving due consideration to
materiality.  

     The Company maintains an internal control system designed to provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are properly recorded and executed in
accordance with management's authorization and that assets are safeguarded
from loss or unauthorized use.  The internal control system is augmented by
careful selection and training of qualified employees, proper division of
responsibilities, and the development and dissemination of written policies
and procedures.  

     The Board of Directors elects, from among its members, an Audit
Committee, consisting entirely of outside directors, which is responsible for
reviewing and evaluating the overall performance of the Company's financial
reporting and accounting practices and for recommending appointment of the
independent accountants.  The Audit Committee meets periodically with
management and the independent accountants to discuss any and all matters
within the Committee's responsibilities.  The independent accountants have
free access to the Committee, without the presence of management if so
requested.  

     The Company's financial statements have been audited by Price Waterhouse,
independent accountants, whose report also appears on this page.  Included in
the audit process was a review of the Company's system of internal controls. 
Price Waterhouse annually provides to management and the Audit Committee a
supplemental report which includes comments on the adequacy of the system and
recommendations for any improvements.  



William D. Gehl 
President and Chief Executive Officer




Kenneth F. Kaplan
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Report of Independent Accountants
Price Waterhouse LLP


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Gehl Company

     In our opinion, the statements appearing on pages 14 through 25 of this
report present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of  
Gehl Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.  These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

     As discussed in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the
Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes and postretirement
benefits other than pensions effective January 1, 1993.       

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 10, 1995

<PAGE>
[Pages 9 through 13 of the Annual Report]

                     Management's Discussion and Analysis

Overview
     Gehl Company's net income in 1994 was $5.0 million, or $.82 per share, up
from $241,000, or $.04 per share, in 1993.  Net sales of $146.6 million in
1994 were 7% higher than 1993's $137.2 million.  Gehl Agriculture 1994 net
sales increased 1% over 1993 while Gehl Construction 1994 net sales were up
20% from 1993.  

     The Company's operating margins improved significantly in 1994 from 1993,
as shown in the following table.
 Operating Margins:
 (as a percent of net        1994   1993
 sales)

 Gross Profit                29.5%  28.3%
 S, G & A Expenses           20.7%  23.0%

 Income from Operations       8.8%   5.3%

 Income before Income Taxes   3.4%    .3%
 Net Income                   3.4%    .2%

     The Company reduced its net accounts receivable by $12.6 million, or 15%,
in 1994 to $72.4 million.  This reduction followed a $16.2 million decrease in
net accounts receivable in 1993.  Cash flow from operating activities, led by
the accounts receivable reductions, was $19.5 million in 1994, which followed
a $26.1 million positive cash flow from operating activities in 1993.

     Cash flow generated in 1994 was used to reduce debt, as it was in 1993.   

The Company reduced its debt by $17.9 million to $54.9 million at year-end
1994.  The Company has reduced its debt a combined $42.8 million during the
last two years.  The Company's ratio of debt to total capital was 54.2% at
December 31, 1994, as compared with 64.0% and 70.7% at December 31, 1993 and
1992, respectively.

 Results of Operations

 1994 vs. 1993
 Net Sales:
                      1994     1993     1992     1991     1990

 ($ millions)
 Gehl Agriculture   $  94.8   $  93.9  $  91.2 $  90.3   $132.6

 Gehl Construction     51.8      43.3     38.5    37.0     42.3
                    -------   -------  ------- -------   ------
   Total             $146.6    $137.2   $129.7  $127.3   $174.9

 (% of total)
 Gehl Agriculture     64.7%     68.5%    70.3%   70.9%    75.8%
 Gehl Construction    35.3%     31.5%    29.7%   29.1%    24.2%

     Net sales for 1994 of $146.6 million increased 7% from $137.2 million in
1993.  Gehl Agriculture sales in 1994 were $94.8 million, slightly greater
than 1993's $93.9 million.  The Company continued during 1994 to reduce dealer
field inventories by shipping to its agricultural dealers (wholesale sales) at
levels below sales by such dealers to their customers (retail sales).  In each
of the last two years Gehl Agriculture retail sales by dealers exceeded
wholesale sales to dealers by approximately $10 million.  Overall demand for
the Company's agricultural products in 1994 was about the same as in 1993.

     Gehl Construction 1994 net sales were $51.8 million, a 20% increase from
1993's $43.3 million.  The sales increase was attributable to strong demand in
the residential and non-residential construction markets.  The Company's
rough-terrain telescoping-boom forklifts and skid steer loaders were the
primary beneficiaries of the strong markets.

Gross Profit:
     Gross profit in 1994 increased 11% to $43.3 million as compared to $38.9
million in 1993.  The increase was due primarily to higher sales volume,
changes in the product mix of shipments, and a reduction in the Company's
overall cost structure relating to the move, in January 1994, of asphalt paver
manufacturing to Gehl's Yankton, South Dakota plant from the Lithonia, Georgia
leased plant which was closed in January 1994.  Gross profit as a percent of
net sales rose to 29.5% in 1994 from 28.3% in 1993.  Gross profit as a percent
of net sales of Gehl Agriculture decreased to 30.0% from 30.3% in 1993.  The
slight decrease was due primarily to the establishment of an inventory reserve
for discontinued agriculture products which offset a favorable change in the
mix of products shipped in 1994 versus 1993.  (See "Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses" following.)  Gross profit as a percent of net sales
for Gehl Construction increased to 28.6% in 1994 from 24.1% in 1993.  The
primary reasons for this increase were: 1) lower product cost due to  
productivity improvements and increased overhead absorption at higher
production levels; 2) savings resulting from the transfer of asphalt paver
production to the Yankton, South Dakota plant; 3) the discontinuance of
several low or no margin construction products; 4) a reduction in sales
discounts; and 5) export sales, typically made at a lower gross margin than
domestic sales, constituting a smaller portion of sales in 1994 than in 1993.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses:
     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.2 million, or
4%, in 1994 as compared to 1993.  As a percent of sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased to 20.7% in 1994 from 23.0% in 1993.  In the
last three years the combined expense reductions total nearly $15 million and
the percent of sales has been reduced to 20.7% in 1994 from 35% in 1991.  The
decrease in 1994 from 1993 resulted primarily from reduced charges for
allowances for doubtful accounts, lower sales promotional costs, and lower
warranty costs, partially offset by the establishment of a reserve for
discontinued agriculture products.  In 1993, the Company had accrued $1.0
million for allowances for doubtful accounts relating to a European
distributor. The Company accrued an additional $650,000 for this matter during
the first half of 1994.  By the end of 1994, the distributor was current in
all obligations and the distributor's liquidity problems had been resolved. 
Accordingly, the Company reversed to income the $1.65 million reserve in the
fourth quarter of 1994.  

     In 1994, the Company charged $1.8 million to selling, general and
administrative expenses, and another $800,000 to cost of goods sold, to
establish a $2.6 million reserve for discontinued agriculture products.  Of
this reserve, $2.2 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 1994.  The
Company, in order to focus its engineering, manufacturing, and sales efforts
on its more profitable core products, has identified several products or
product models to prune from its product offering.  In each instance the
product to be discontinued has a low margin, low market share, and is near the
end of its product life.  The reserve established provides primarily for costs
associated with retailing such products in dealer inventories at year-end 1994
and for factory inventory valuation adjustments.  In 1994, the Company's sales
of the discontinued products were approximately $7.5 million.
 Income (Loss) from Operations:

 ($ millions)        1994  1993   1992     1991    1990
 Gehl Agriculture     $4.4  $5.5  $(4.4)  $(8.6)   $13.9

 Gehl Construction     8.6   1.8   (2.5)   (4.8)     3.1
                     -----  ----  ------  ------   -----

   Total             $13.0  $7.3  $(6.9) $(13.4)   $17.0

     Income from operations in 1994 of $13.0 million increased 77% from $7.3
million in 1993.  The improvement in 1994 was due to increased sales volume,
improved gross profit as a percent of sales and lower selling, general and
administrative expenses.  Gehl Construction income from operations increased
367% from $1.8 million in 1993 to $8.6 million in 1994.  This increase in
income from operations resulted primarily from increased sales volume and
gross margin improvement.  While Gehl Agriculture income from operations
decreased from $5.5 million in 1993 to $4.4 million in 1994, without the  
establishment of a $2.6 million reserve for discontinued products (See
"Selling, General and Administrative Expenses" preceding), income from
operations would have increased to $7.0 million in 1994.

Interest Expense:
     Interest expense decreased $1.7 million, or 20%, in 1994.  The decrease
resulted from a reduction in average debt outstanding in 1994 to $68.4
million, a 22% decrease from $87.2 million in 1993.  The average rate of
interest paid by the Company in 1994 rose to 9.6% from 9.5% in 1993 due to
increases in the prime rate which serves as the base for Gehl's debt under its
line of credit facility.  This increase was partially offset by the impact of
retiring the Company's $10 million, 12.6% subordinated debt in November 1994,
and by a decrease in the mark-up over the prime rate on the Company's loans
under its line of credit facility (effective October 1994).

Other Income (Expense), Net:
     Other expense rose to $2.9 million in 1994 from $161,000 in 1993.  The
increase in expense was due primarily to:  1) a $1.3 million increase in the
cost of selling finance contracts receivable to third parties in 1994 due to
rising interest rates; 2) one-time gains on the sale of a paid-up patent
license and a favorable lawsuit settlement, together totalling $755,000, which
positively impacted 1993 results, and 3) a $400,000 prepayment fee on the
early retirement in November 1994 of the Company's $10 million, 12.6%
subordinated debt.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes:
     Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company was not
required to record a federal income tax provision related to either its 1994
or 1993 pre-tax income due to the existence of net operating loss
carryforwards.

Net Income (Loss):
     Net income in 1994 of $5.0 million compares to $241,000 in 1993.  The
1994 earnings per common share of $.82 improved from $.04 per share for 1993. 
No dividends were declared in either 1994 or 1993 on the Company's common
stock.

1993 vs. 1992

Net Sales:
     Sales for 1993 of $137.2 million were 6% higher than the $129.7 million
of sales in 1992.  Gehl Agriculture sales in 1993 were $93.9 million, 3%
higher than the sales of $91.2 million in 1992.  Demand in the Company's
agricultural market improved modestly during 1993, despite difficult weather
conditions experienced in some regions of the United States.  The Company
continued to reduce dealer field inventories by shipping to its dealers at
levels below sales by such dealers to their customers.  Gehl Construction
sales in 1993 were $43.3 million, 12% higher than sales of $38.5 million in
1992.  The increase from 1992 levels was primarily due to increased shipments
of skid loaders, both domestically and to the Company's European distributor,
and of rough-terrain telescoping-boom forklifts.  After two years of
recession, the Company's domestic construction market started recovering, with
conditions improving as 1993 progressed.  

Gross Profit:
     During 1993 gross profit increased 18% to $38.9 million as compared to
1992, primarily due to increased sales volume and a reduction in the Company's
overall cost structure.  Gross profit as a percent of net sales increased to
28.3% for 1993 from 25.4% in 1992.  Gross profit as a percent of net sales of
Gehl Agriculture increased to 30.3% in 1993 from 26.1% in 1992.  The
improvement reflects the impact of numerous actions taken by the Company to
reduce its overall cost structure, as well as certain one-time costs incurred
in 1992 not being repeated in 1993.  One-time costs incurred in 1992 included,
among others, 1) manufacturing start-up costs of a new skid loader model in
Madison, South Dakota, 2) continued manufacturing start-up costs related to
the Lebanon, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility opened in November 1991, and
3) manufacturing start-up costs related to new products manufactured at the
West Bend, Wisconsin facility.  Gross profit as a percent of net sales for
Gehl Construction increased slightly to 24.1% in 1993 from 23.9% in 1992.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:
     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $8.3 million, or
21%, during 1993 as compared with 1992.  As a percent of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased to 23% in 1993 from 31% in 1992. 
These decreases were due primarily to a reduction in sales promotion expenses
(such as rebate programs to purchasers of Gehl equipment) from 1992 levels. 
Weaker demand in the Company's agricultural markets in 1992 required increased
promotion costs to meet competitive sales incentive programs, and to
accelerate the sale of older units in dealers' inventories in order to enhance
cash flow.  During 1993, a moderately improved agricultural market combined
with a decrease in the number of older units held by dealers in inventory
enabled the Company to reduce promotion costs significantly.  The decrease in
selling, general and administrative expenses in 1993 was also due to 1) the
non-recurrence in 1993 of severance costs associated with the departure during
1992 of certain executive officers, 2) reduced salary and benefit costs
associated with a decline from the December 31, 1992 employment levels and 3)
tighter control of spending in areas such as advertising, professional fees,
travel and rental costs.  These decreases were offset, in part, by increased
product liability and warranty provisions and by increased allowances for
doubtful accounts relating to a European distributor.  

Income (Loss) from Operations:  
     Income from operations of $7.3 million in 1993 compared to a loss of $6.9
million from operations in 1992.  The improvement was due primarily to lower
selling, general and administrative expenses in 1993, improved gross profit as
a percent of sales and increased sales volume.  Gehl Agriculture's income from
operations of $5.5 million in 1993 compared to a loss of $4.4 million in 1992. 
Gehl Construction's income from operations of $1.8 million in 1993 compared to
a loss of $2.5 million in 1992.

Interest Expense:
     Interest expense decreased by $1.7 million in 1993.  The decrease was a
result of a reduction in average debt outstanding in 1993 to $87.2 million
from $102.0 million in 1992 combined with a reduction in the average rate of
interest paid by the Company to 9.5% in 1993 from 9.8% in 1992.  

Other Income (Expense), Net:
     A decrease in other expense from $2.9 million in 1992 to $161,000 in 1993  
was due primarily to a reduction in Canadian foreign exchange losses from $1.2
million in 1992 to $123,000 in 1993, a $505,000 gain associated with granting
a paid-up patent license agreement on one of the Company's products, a
$550,000 reduction in the costs of selling finance contracts, and a $250,000
gain related to a favorable patent litigation settlement.  The reduction in
Canadian foreign exchange losses was due to two factors.  First, in 1992 the
Canadian dollar weakened significantly against the U.S. dollar, while in 1993
the exchange rate was more stable.  Second, in April 1993 the Company
commenced direct borrowing in Canadian dollars to finance approximately 65% of
Gehl's Canadian agricultural receivables, which has provided a hedge against
exchange rate fluctuation.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes:
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes."  The adoption of
this statement had no significant effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.

     Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company was not
required to record a federal income tax provision related to its 1993
operating income nor was it permitted to record a deferred tax benefit related
to its 1992 operating loss.

Net Income (Loss):
     The 1993 net income of $241,000 compares with a net loss of $17.9 million
in 1992.  The 1993 earnings per common share of $.04 compares to a loss per
common share of $3.05 for 1992.  No dividends were declared in either 1993 or
1992.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 Working Capital

 ($ thousands) -         1994       1993
 December 31,
 Current assets      $102,621   $114,355

 Current liabilities  (28,710)   (30,328)
                   ---------- ----------

 Working capital    $  73,911  $  84,027
 Current ratio          3.6 to 1   3.8 to 1

Working Capital:
     The Company's working capital declined in 1994 by $10 million, which
resulted in a decrease in the current ratio to 3.6:1.  The reduction was due
primarily to a $12.6 million decline in net accounts receivable.  Cash on hand
at December 31, 1994 was $2.6 million versus $1.5 million a year earlier.

Cash Flow:
     In 1994 cash flow provided by operating activities was $19.5 million as
compared to $26.1 million provided in 1993.  While the 1994 cash flow was
strong, cash provided by changes in working capital items, though still
positive, was reduced from the levels generated in 1993.  The major components  
of the 1994 cash flow were a reduction in accounts receivable, primarily field
inventories at dealers, of $12.6 million and net income before depreciation
and amortization of $8.8 million.  The 1994 cash flow was used primarily to
repay $17.9 million of debt.

Floor Plan Financing:
     The Company provides standard interest-free floor plan financing to its
dealers, in Gehl Agriculture generally for up to one year and in Gehl
Construction for varying periods of time generally up to nine months.  Under
special order programs occasionally offered to Gehl Agriculture dealers,
longer interest-free periods may be available.  At the end of the interest-
free period, if the equipment remains unsold to retail customers, the Company
generally charges interest to the dealer at rates between 1.5% and 3.0% above
the prime rate, or on occasion provides interest-free extensions of up to six
months upon payment by the dealer of curtailments generally between 10% and
20% of the original invoice price.  This type of floor plan equipment
financing accounts for approximately 90% of Gehl's accounts receivable, with
all such floor planned receivables required to be secured with a first
priority security interest in the equipment sold.

Accounts Receivable:
     The Company's net accounts receivable decreased $12.6 million, or 15%,
from $85.0 million at December 31, 1993 to $72.4 million at December 31, 1994. 
This reduction was due to the Company shipping to Gehl dealers at a level
below the sales by Gehl dealers to their customers.  During the last two years
Gehl has reduced its net accounts receivable by nearly $29 million, or 29%,
from $101.2 million at December 31, 1992.  Gehl Agriculture accounts
receivable at December 31, 1994 decreased $10.2 million, or 14%, from a year
earlier, while Gehl Construction accounts receivable declined $2.4 million, or
21%, over the same period.

Finance Contracts Receivable:
     Finance contracts receivable decreased $1.2 million to $5.6 million at
December 31, 1994.  The combined portfolio of owned and sold-but-serviced
finance contracts receivable was $57.7 million as compared to $60.2 million at
year-end  1993.  (See "Sales of Finance Contracts Receivable" following.)
 Capital Expenditures

 ($ thousands)           1994    1993    1992     1991     1990
 Capital expenditures   $2,505    $809   $1,473  $10,766  $5,127

 Depreciation           $2,692  $2,940   $3,093   $2,682  $2,052

Capital Expenditures:
     The Company expended $2.5 million for property, plant, and equipment in
1994.  Included in the 1994 total was $900,000 spent in June 1994 to exercise
the Company's option to purchase its previously leased Yankton, South Dakota
manufacturing facility.  The remaining expenditures in 1994 were for machinery
and equipment for basic upkeep, to enhance capability, to improve
productivity, or to improve product quality.  At December 31, 1994, Gehl had
no significant outstanding commitments for capital items.  The Company plans
to make approximately $3.5 million in capital expenditures in 1995.  

Facilities:
     The Company's present facilities are sufficient to provide adequate
capacity for its operations in 1995.  On January 31, 1994, the Company closed
its leased facility in Lithonia, Georgia.  The asphalt paver product line
formerly manufactured in Lithonia was transferred to the Company's Yankton,
South Dakota manufacturing facility.

Contingencies:
     The Company has received informal notification that it may have some
financial responsibility for environmental remediation at a landfill site in
the City of West Bend, Wisconsin.  The amount of the Company's potential
obligation, if any, is not presently determinable.
 Capitalization

 Debt and Equity:
 ($ millions) -           1994   1993   1992   1991    1990
 December 31

 Total Debt               $54.9 $72.8  $97.7  $103.0   $85.4

 Shareholders' Equity     $46.3 $40.9  $40.4   $58.2   $77.9
 % Total Debt to 
   Total Capitalization   54.2% 64.0%  70.7%   63.9%   52.3%

     At December 31, 1994, shareholders' equity had risen to $46.3 million
from $40.9 million a year earlier.  Cash flow from operations of $19.5 million
enabled the Company to reduce its debt by $17.9 million in 1994, and with $5.0
million of net income, the capitalization ratio was reduced to 54.2% at
December 31, 1994.

Borrowing Arrangements (See also Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements):
     In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company entered into an Amended and
Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the "Facility"), effective retroactively
to October 1, 1994, with its primary lender.  The revised agreement extended
the term of the Facility through December 31, 1997, lowered interest rates,
and changed other terms and conditions.  Total borrowing capacity of $75
million is available under the Facility, subject to a borrowing base related
to the Company's accounts receivable, finance contracts receivable, and
inventories.  Under the terms of the Facility, the interest rate Gehl pays on
U.S. dollar loans was lowered to .50% above, from 1.65% above, the U.S. prime
rate.  In Canada, where the Company may borrow up to $7.5 million, the
interest rate was lowered to 1.5% above, from 2.25% above, the Canadian prime
rate.  Additionally, advance ratios and eligible assets under the borrowing
base were increased.  The Facility has a net worth covenant and a debt to
equity covenant which were also revised in the agreement.  The Company is
operating within the requirements of these covenants.  At December 31, 1994,
the Company had unused borrowing capacity of $19.2 million under the Facility. 
Management believes that the Facility provides sufficient borrowing capacity
for the Company to finance its operations for the foreseeable future.

     On November 4, 1994, the Company prepaid in its entirety $10 million of
12.6% subordinated debt.  The prepayment required the Company to pay a  
$400,000 fee to the lender.  Principal repayments on the subordinated debt
were to have been made quarterly for 8 years, commencing December 31, 1994.

     The Company also has outstanding $8.4 million of 9% industrial
development bonds ("IDB") with a 2010 final maturity; repayments commence in
2005.  On February 1, 1994, the Company and the IDB holders amended the IDB
agreement to adjust the two financial covenants, net worth and debt to equity
ratio, for the remainder of the IDB agreement.  The Company is operating
within the requirements of the covenants.

Sales of Finance Contracts Receivable:
     The sale of finance contracts is an important component of the Company's
overall liquidity.  Gehl has arrangements with several financial institutions
and financial service companies to sell, with recourse, its finance contracts
receivable.  The Company continues to service all contracts whether or not
sold.  At December 31, 1994, Gehl serviced $57.7 million of such contracts, of
which $51.6 million were owned by other parties.  Losses on finance contacts
due to customer nonperformance were $570,000 in 1994 as compared to $381,000
in 1993.  As a percentage of outstanding serviced contracts, the loss ratios
were 1.0% and .6% in 1994 and 1993, respectively.

     The Company incurred $1.1 million of costs in selling approximately $34
million of its finance contracts in 1994, as compared to $294,000 of costs in
selling $41 million of such contracts in 1993.  The costs arise primarily from
the difference between the weighted average interest rate on the contracts
being sold and the interest rate required by the purchaser of the contracts. 
Historically, the Company's costs of selling its finance contracts have risen
in periods of rising and high interest rates and decreased in periods of
decreasing and low interest rates.  This trend was repeated again in 1994. 
Additionally, due to competitive pressures, the range of interest rates the
Company charges its customers has historically been narrower than the
fluctuations in interest rate requirements of the purchasers of Gehl's finance
contracts.  The Company also incurred $492,000 of additional costs on the sale
of finance contracts made under several variable rate agreements between June
1993 and February 1994.  These costs were due to increasing interest rates in
the economy. 

     Management believes it has sufficient capacity to meet the Company's 1995
requirements to sell its finance contracts.
<PAGE>
[Pages 14 through 25 of the Annual Report]

                        GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

    In Thousands, Except Per Share Data -
      Year Ended December 31,                    1994        1993         1992

    Net sales                                $146,620     $137,218    $129,694
      Cost of goods sold                      103,346       98,335      96,723
                                             ________     ________    ________

    Gross profit                               43,274       38,883      32,971  

      Selling, general and administrative
        expenses                               30,313       31,544      39,837
                                             ________     ________    ________

    Income (loss) from operations              12,961        7,339      (6,866)

      Interest expense                         (6,711)      (8,364)    (10,103)

      Interest income                           1,715        1,552       1,730
      Other income (expense), net              (2,930)        (161)     (2,911)
                                             ________     ________    ________

    Income (loss) before income taxes           5,035          366     (18,150)

      Provision (benefit) for income taxes        ---          125        (250)
                                             ________     ________    ________

    Net income (loss)                        $  5,035     $    241    $(17,900)
                                             ========     ========    ========

    Net Income (loss) per common share          $  .82      $   .04     $(3.05)
                                                =======     =======     =======


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

   <PAGE>

                        GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



    In Thousands, Except Share Data - December 31,        1994         1993
    Assets

    Cash                                               $  2,570     $  1,458
    Accounts receivable - net                            72,393       84,969

    Finance contracts receivable - net                    3,389        4,223

    Inventories                                          21,452       21,633
    Prepaid expenses and other assets                     2,817        2,072
                                                       ________     ________

      Total current assets                              102,621      114,355
                                                       ________     ________  

    Property, plant and equipment - net                  20,433       20,088

    Finance contracts receivable - net, non-current       2,258        2,624
    Other assets                                          5,715        7,213
                                                       ________     ________

    Total assets                                       $131,027     $144,280
                                                       ========     ========


    Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
    Current portion of long-term debt obligations      $    180     $    549

    Accounts payable                                     14,477       15,784

    Accrued liabilities                                  14,053       13,995
                                                       ________     ________
      Total current liabilities                          28,710       30,328
                                                       ________     ________

    Line of credit facility                              45,879       53,979

    Long-term debt obligations                            8,821       18,280

    Other long-term liabilities                           1,334          798
                                                       ________     ________
      Total long-term liabilities                        56,034       73,057
                                                       ________     ________

    Common stock, $.10 par value, 25,000,000 shares
      authorized, 6,169,523 and 6,132,443 shares
      outstanding at December 31, 1994 and 1993,
      respectively                                          617          613

    Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 2,000,000
      shares authorized, no shares issued                    --           --

    Capital in excess of par                             26,133       25,820
    Retained earnings                                    19,533       14,462
                                                       ________     ________

    Total shareholders' equity                           46,283       40,895
                                                       ________     ________

    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity         $131,027     $144,280
                                                       ========     ========

    Contingencies (Notes 2 and 11)  

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
   <PAGE>

                        GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


    In Thousands, Except Per Share            Capital In
      Data                           Common   Excess of    Retained
                                      Stock      Par       Earnings      Total

    Balance at January 1, 1992       $586     $25,331      $32,300     $58,217

      Net loss                         --          --      (17,900)    (17,900)
      Exercise of stock options         2          34           --          36

      Amortization of unearned
        compensation related to
        restricted stock grants        --          52           --          52
                                     ____     _______     ________    ________
    Balance at December 31, 1992      588      25,417       14,400      40,405



      Net income                       --          --          241         241
      Exercise of stock options         3         120           --         123

      Issuance of stock                 4         119           --         123
      Issuance of restricted stock
        grants and related
        amortization of unearned
        compensation - net             18         164           --         182

      Minimum liability adjustment     --          --         (179)       (179)
                                    _____     _______      _______      ______

    Balance at December 31, 1993      613      25,820       14,462      40,895


      Net income                       --          --        5,035       5,035
      Exercise of stock options         4         131           --         135

      Amortization of unearned
        compensation related to
        restricted stock grants        --         182           --         182

      Minimum liability adjustment     --          --           36          36
                                     ____     _______      _______     _______
    Balance at December 31, 1994     $617     $26,133      $19,533     $46,283
                                     ====     =======      =======     =======

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

   <PAGE>
                        GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

    In Thousands - Year Ended
       December 31,                           1994         1993         1992

    Cash Flows from Operating Activities
    Net income (loss)                      $  5,035      $   241     $(17,900)

    Adjustments to reconcile net income
      (loss) to net cash provided by
      (used for) operating activities: 

      Depreciation and amortization           3,767        4,191        4,361
      (Gain) loss on sale of equipment            8           (5)         (11)

      Cost of sales of finance contracts      1,142          294          845
      Deferred income taxes                    (900)          --           14

      Proceeds from sales of finance
       contracts                             31,935       39,331       35,575

      Increase (decrease) in cash
       due to changes in:
        Restricted cash                          --        1,548       (1,548)
        Accounts receivable - net            12,576       16,212       11,380

        Finance contracts receivable -
         net                                (33,241)     (38,265)     (33,780)
        Inventories                             181        2,450        3,316

        Refundable income taxes                  --        2,422        1,724

        Prepaid expenses and other
         assets                                 155         (462)       2,250
        Other assets                            113         (164)         (65)

        Accounts payable                     (1,307)        (935)      (8,051)
        Accrued liabilities                      58         (745)       1,728
                                           ________     ________    _________
          Net cash provided by (used
           for) operating activities         19,522       26,113         (162)
                                           ________     ________    _________

    Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    (Increase) decrease in unexpended
      plant construction fund                    (7)          (5)         674  

    Proceeds from sale of equipment              42           28           18

    Property, plant and equipment
      additions                              (2,505)        (809)      (1,473)
    Increase (decrease) in
      other assets                            1,100         (998)        (823)

    Other                                       217          126          162
                                           ________     ________    _________
          Net cash (used for) investing
           activities                        (1,153)      (1,658)      (1,442)
                                           ________    _________    _________

    Cash Flows from Financing Activities
    Decrease in other long-term
      obligations                            (9,828)     (20,965)     (63,164)

    (Repayment of) proceeds from
      revolving credit loans                 (8,100)      (3,903)      57,882

    Increase (decrease) in other long-
      term liabilities                          536          113          (73)
    Proceeds from issuance of common
      stock                                     135          123           36
                                           ________     ________    _________

          Net cash (used for) 
           financing activities             (17,257)     (24,632)      (5,319)
                                           ________     ________    _________

    Net increase (decrease) in cash           1,112         (177)      (6,923)

    Cash, beginning of year                   1,458        1,635        8,558
                                           ________     ________    _________
    Cash, end of year                      $  2,570     $  1,458     $  1,635
                                           ========     ========    =========

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
   <PAGE>
                        GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              DECEMBER 31, 1994

   Note 1 - Significant  Accounting Policies

   Consolidation:  Gehl Company is engaged in the manufacture and
   distribution of farm equipment and machinery primarily for the dairy,
   livestock and poultry agricultural sector, and in the manufacture and
   distribution of equipment and machinery for the construction market. 
   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the  
   Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: Hedlund Manufacturing
   Company, Inc.; Hedlund Martin, Inc.; Gehl Power Products, Inc.; and Gehl
   International, Inc., a foreign sales corporation.  All significant
   intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.  

   Revenue Recognition:  Revenue is recorded upon the shipment of products
   to dealers and distributors; these dealers and distributors have no
   right of return, except as provided by law.

   Accounts Receivable:  The Company provides financing for its dealers in
   both the agricultural and construction markets.  The financing
   agreements provide for, in certain instances, interest-free periods
   which generally range from 4 to 12 months. 

   Finance Contracts Receivable:  The Company offers financing for its
   products to retail customers and to its dealers through its finance
   division.  Finance contracts require periodic installments of principal
   and interest over periods of up to 60 months.  Unearned interest is
   recognized over the life of the contracts using the sum of the digits
   method.  Principal expected to be collected within twelve months of the
   balance sheet date is  classified as a current asset; the remainder is
   classified  as a non-current asset.  

   Inventories:  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. 
   Cost is determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for
   substantially all of the Company's inventories.  

   Properties and Depreciation:  Properties are stated at cost.  When
   properties are sold or otherwise disposed of, cost and accumulated
   depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or
   loss is included in income.  The Company provides for depreciation of
   assets generally using the straight-line method for financial reporting
   purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes.  Expenditures
   which substantially increase value or extend asset lives are
   capitalized.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged
   against income as incurred.  

   Debt Issue Costs:  Costs incurred in conjunction with incurrence of
   indebtedness are capitalized and subsequently amortized over the related
   periods of the obligations.

   Foreign Currency Transactions:  Foreign currency transaction gains and
   losses are included in the determination of income.  Foreign currency
   losses were $181,000, $124,000 and $1,165,000 in 1994, 1993 and 1992,
   respectively.

   Income Taxes:  Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement
   of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for
   Income Taxes," which requires that the Company follow the liability
   method in accounting for income taxes.  The liability method provides
   that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recorded based on the
   difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their
   carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.  The principal items
   that result in such differences are the recognition of sales on the  
   installment method for income tax purposes, the recording of certain
   accruals for financial reporting purposes which are not deductible until
   paid, and the use of accelerated depreciation methods for income tax
   purposes.

   Product Liability Costs:  The Company directly assumes all liability for
   costs associated with claims up  to specified limits in any policy year. 
   Known incidents involving the Company's products are investigated and
   reserves are established for any estimated liability.  

   Product Warranty Costs:  In general, the Company provides warranty on
   equipment for a period of up to twelve months or for a specified period
   of use after sale or rental by the dealer.  Reserves for estimated
   warranty costs are established at the time of sale.  

   Research and Development Costs:  Costs for research activities relating
   to product development and improvement are charged against income as
   incurred.  Such costs amounted to approximately $1,172,000, $1,042,000,
   and $1,675,000 in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

   Other Income (Expense):  Other income (expense) is comprised primarily
   of foreign currency transaction gains (losses), cost of sales of finance
   contracts, amortization of debt issue costs, and royalty and license
   income (expense).  During 1993, the Company recognized a gain of
   $505,000 associated with granting a paid up patent license agreement on
   one of its products.

   Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share:  Net income (loss) per common share
   is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number
   of common shares and, if applicable, common stock equivalents which
   would arise from the exercise of stock options and warrants.  The
   weighted average number of shares used in the computations was
   6,174,476, 6,097,472 and 5,873,264  for 1994, 1993 and 1992,
   respectively.

   Note 2 -  Accounts Receivable and Finance Contracts Receivable

   Accounts receivable and finance contracts receivable were comprised of
   the following (in thousands):

            December 31,                      1994        1993

            Accounts receivable            $76,737      $89,035
            Less allowances for:
              doubtful accounts               (639)      (1,843)

              returns and dealer
              discounts                     (3,705)      (2,223)
                                           _______      _______

                                           $72,393      $84,969
                                           =======      =======  

            Finance contracts receivable   $ 6,556      $ 8,053
            Less: unearned interest           (405)        (556)
              allowance for doubtful
              accounts                        (504)        (650)
                                           _______      _______
                                             5,647        6,847

            Less: non-current portion       (2,258)      (2,624)
                                           _______      _______
              Current portion              $ 3,389      $ 4,223
                                           =======      =======
   In 1994, the Company established a reserve for discontinued products. 
   The allowance for returns and dealer discounts was increased by $1.6
   million to reflect the anticipated costs of retailing such products in
   dealer inventory at December 31, 1994. 

   The finance contracts receivable at December 31, 1994 have a weighted
   average interest rate of 8.3% which approximates fair value.  

   The Company has entered into various agreements with third parties to
   sell with recourse certain finance contracts receivable.  The recourse
   provisions of certain of these agreements require that the Company
   provide additional collateral in the form of cash withheld at the time
   of sale or unsold finance contracts.  At December 31, 1994, $299,000 of
   unsold finance contracts and $2.4 million of cash previously withheld by
   third party buyers were provided as additional collateral.  The finance
   contracts require periodic installments of principal and interest over
   periods of up to 60 months; interest rates are based on market
   conditions.  The Company has retained the servicing of these contracts
   which generally have maturities of 36 to 48 months.  Amounts to cover
   potential losses on these sold receivables are included in the allowance
   for doubtful accounts.  

   The following summarizes the Company's sales of retail finance contracts
   receivable during 1994 and 1993 (in thousands):

                                              1994         1993
            Value of contracts sold
              - net of $4.6 million and
              $5.5 million, respectively,
              of unearned interest          $34,437     $41,211

            Cash received on sales of
              contracts                      31,935      39,331

            Cash withheld as additional
              collateral                      1,360       1,586
                                            _______     _______
            Cost of sales of finance
              contracts                     $ 1,142     $   294
                                            =======     =======  

            Net receivables outstanding
              at December 31 relating
              to finance contracts sold     $51,593     $52,686
                                            =======     =======

   The Company retains as collateral a security interest in the equipment
   associated with accounts receivable and finance contracts receivable. 
   The Company also maintains certain levels of dealer recourse deposits as
   additional security associated with finance contracts receivable.

   Note 3 -  Inventories
   If all of the Company's inventories had been valued on a current cost
   basis, which approximates FIFO value, estimated inventories by major
   classification would have been as follows (in thousands): 

            December 31,                    1994          1993
            Raw materials and supplies   $  3,711      $  3,598

            Work-in-process                10,252        10,091

            Finished machines and
              parts                        24,346        23,935
                                         ________      ________

            Total current cost value       38,309        37,624

            Adjustment to LIFO basis      (16,857)      (15,991)
                                         ________      ________
                                         $ 21,452      $ 21,633
                                         ========      ========

   In 1994, the Company established a reserve for discontinued products. 
   An inventory valuation adjustment of $800,000 was recorded to reflect
   the net realizable value of such products in inventory at December 31,
   1994.

   Note 4 - Property, Plant and Equipment - Net
   Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):


          December 31,                       1994           1993

          Land                             $  1,411      $  1,303
          Buildings                          16,800        15,128

          Machinery and equipment            25,675        25,213
          Autos and trucks                      461           481

          Office furniture and fixtures       7,216         7,118
                                          _________     _________

                                             51,563        49,243  

          Less:  accumulated
            depreciation                    (31,130)      (29,155)
                                          _________     _________
          Property, plant and
            equipment - net                $ 20,433      $ 20,088
                                          =========     =========

   Note 5 - Debt Obligations
   A summary of the Company's debt obligations, and related current
   maturities, is as follows (in thousands):

             December 31,                    1994        1993

             Line of credit facility      $45,879      $53,979

             12.6% junior note                  -       10,000
             9.0% industrial
               development bonds            8,400        8,400

             Other debt obligations           601          429
                                          _______      _______
                                           54,880       72,808

             Less: current portion           (180)        (549)
                                          _______      _______

             Long-term debt obligations   $54,700      $72,259
                                          =======      =======


   Effective October 1, 1994, the Company's $75 million line of credit
   facility (the "Facility") was amended.  Interest is paid monthly on
   outstanding borrowings under the amended Facility as follows: 
   borrowings in Canadian denominated dollars up to a $7.5 million credit
   line are at 1.50% above the Canadian prime rate; the remainder of the
   borrowings are at .5% above the U.S. prime rate.  Prior to the October
   1, 1994 amendment, borrowings in Canadian denominated dollars were at
   2.25% above the Canadian prime rate and the U.S. borrowings were at
   1.65% above the U.S. prime rate for the first $50 million of such
   borrowings and 2.75% above the U.S. prime rate for such borrowings
   outstanding above $50 million.  The term of the Facility was extended
   one additional year to December 31, 1997.  Under the amended agreement,
   $15 million of the total $75 million Facility continues to be tied to a
   borrowing base related to the Company's finance contracts receivable and
   inventories.  The remaining availability is tied to a borrowing base
   related to the Company's accounts receivable.  Borrowings under the
   Facility are secured by finance contracts receivable, inventories and
   accounts receivable.  At December 31, 1994, the Company had unused
   borrowing capacity of approximately $19.2 million under the Facility. 
   The Facility also includes financial covenants requiring the maintenance
   of minimum tangible net worth levels and a maximum debt to equity ratio.  

   On November 4, 1994, the Company prepaid, in its entirety, $10 million
   of the then outstanding 12.6% junior note and paid related accrued
   interest and a $400,000 prepayment fee.

   The 9% industrial development bonds are secured by the Company's
   Lebanon, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility and require principal
   repayment in six equal annual installments of $1.4 million commencing in
   2005.  The Company has established a debt reserve fund of approximately
   $480,000 until the first mandatory bond redemption period in 2003.  The
   debt reserve fund was established with remaining funds in the
   trustee-controlled unexpended plant construction fund.  Financial
   covenants related to the industrial development bonds require the
   maintenance of minimum tangible net worth levels and a maximum debt to
   equity ratio.

   Annual maturities of debt obligations are as follows (in thousands):

   1995           $   180
   1996               166
   1997            45,978
   1998               108
   1999                48
   Later years      8,400
                  -------
                  $54,880
                  =======

   Interest paid on total debt obligations was $6.9 million, $8.4 million
   and $9.2 million in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

   Note 6 - Accrued Liabilities
   Accrued liabilities were comprised of the following (in thousands):

   December 31,                       1994      1993
   Accrued salaries and wages         $ 2,644   $ 2,677
   Dealer recourse deposits             2,192     2,233
   Accrued warranty costs               1,872     2,226
   Accrued product liability costs      2,134     1,953
   Other                                5,211     4,906
                                      -------   -------
                                      $14,053   $13,995
                                      =======   =======
   Note 7 - Income Taxes 
   Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
   Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes."  SFAS
   No. 109 requires the use of the liability method of accounting for
   income taxes.  The adoption of this statement did not have a material
   effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

   The income tax provision (benefit) recorded for the years ended December
   31, 1994, 1993 and 1992 consisted of the following (in thousands):  

    December 31,    Federal  State and    Total
                              Foreign

    1994  Current   $   900  $   78     $   978
          Deferred     (900)    (78)       (978)
                    ________ ________   ________

          Total     $    -   $    -     $     -
                    ======== ========   ========

    1993  Current   $    --  $   125    $   125

          Deferred       --       --         --
                    ________ ________   ________

          Total     $    --  $   125    $   125
                    ======== ========   ========

    1992  Current   $  (300) $    36    $  (264)
          Deferred       14       --         14
                    ________ ________   ________

          Total     $  (286) $    36    $  (250)
                    ======== ========   ========

   Deferred income taxes are recorded based on the difference between the
   tax bases of assets and liabilities and the carrying amounts for
   financial reporting purposes offset by net operating loss and credit
   carryforwards.  

   In 1994 and 1993, the Company was not required, under generally accepted
   accounting principles, to record a federal income tax provision due to
   the existence of net operating loss carryforwards.  In 1992, the Company
   was not permitted, under generally accepted accounting principles, to
   record a deferred benefit related to its 1992 net operating loss.  

   A reconciliation between the reported income tax  provision (benefit)
   and the federal statutory rate follows (as a percent of pre-tax income
   (loss)):

    Year Ended December 31,         1994     1993     1992

    Federal statutory rate         34.0%    34.0%   (34.0%)

    Net operating loss (utilized)
      not utilized                 (34.0)  (34.0)    32.4
    State income taxes, net of
      Federal income tax effect         -   26.5       .2

    Other, net                          -    7.5      --
                                   _______ _______  _______  

                                        -   34.0%   ( 1.4%)
                                   ======= =======  =======

   The Company's temporary differences and carryforwards which give rise to
   deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in
   thousands):
   
    December 31,                     1994        1993
    Deferred Tax Assets:

      Accrued expenses and reserves  $ 2,983     $ 2,852

      Asset valuation reserves         2,739       2,752
      Operating loss carryforwards     3,506       6,012

      Tax credit carryforwards         1,783         869
      Other                              280         338
                                    ________    ________

                                      11,291      12,823

      Valuation allowance             (4,472)     (5,881)
                                    ________    ________
        Deferred Tax Asset          $  6,819    $  6,942
                                    ========    ========

    Deferred Tax Liabilities:

      Installment sales              $ 3,547     $ 4,173

      Property, plant and equipment    1,309       1,359
      Prepaid pension asset              869         875

      Other                              194         535
                                    ________   _________
        Deferred Tax Liability       $ 5,919     $ 6,942
                                    ========   =========
   During 1994, the Company, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No.
   109, recorded a deferred tax benefit of $900,000 based upon the
   estimated recoverability of its net operating loss carryforwards as of
   December 31, 1994.  During 1993, due to its operating loss history, the
   Company was unable, under generally accepted accounting principles, to
   record deferred tax assets in excess of deferred tax liabilities.  The
   Company recorded valuation allowances of $4.5 million and $5.9 million
   against deferred tax assets at December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

   At December 31, 1994, for income tax purposes, the Company had federal
   net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $10.3 million and tax
   credit carryforwards of approximately $1.8 million.  The net operating
   loss carryforwards expire in the years 2006 through 2008 and the  
   majority of the credit carryforwards consist of minimum tax credits
   which can be carried forward indefinitely.

   Cash paid (received) related to income taxes during 1994, 1993 and 1992
   was $61,000, ($2,520,000) and ($4,110,000) respectively.

   Note 8 - Employee Retirement Plans
   The Company maintains non-contributory defined benefit pension plans
   covering the majority of its employees.  The benefits provided by
   certain of the plans are based on a defined monthly multiplier applied
   to the employee's length of service, with the remaining plans providing
   benefits based primarily on years of service and average compensation.  

   Net pension expense (benefit) includes the following components (in
   thousands):

    Year Ended December 31,       1994     1993     1992

    Service cost                 $  643  $  486   $  507
    Interest cost on projected
      benefit obligation          1,726   1,660    1,599

    Actual return on plan
      assets                          4  (2,611)  (2,159)

    Net amortization and           
      deferral                   (2,260)    301      (72)
                                 _______ _______  _______
    Net periodic pension
      expense (benefit)          $  113  $ (164)  $ (125)
                                 ======= =======  =======

   The following schedule details (in thousands) the funded status of the
   plans.  For all plans, the fair value of assets exceeds the accumulated
   benefit obligation.  


    December 31,              1994    1993       1992
    Actuarial present value
    of benefit obligation:
      Vested               $19,299    $20,567    $19,323

      Nonvested              1,607      1,732        171
                           _______    _______    _______

    Accumulated benefit
      obligation            20,906     22,299     19,494
    Effect of projected
      salary increases       1,316      1,769      1,236
                           _______    _______    _______

    Total projected benefit
      obligation            22,222     24,068     20,730  

    Plan assets at fair
      value                 21,754     23,152     21,402
                           _______    _______    _______

    Plan assets in excess
      of (less than)
      projected benefit
      obligation              (468)      (916)       672
    Unrecognized
      transitional (asset)  (1,579)    (2,015)    (2,450)

    Prior service cost not
      yet recognized in net
      periodic pension cost  1,190      1,265        647

    Unrecognized net loss    3,154      4,046      2,748
                           _______    _______    _______
    Prepaid pension asset  $ 2,297    $ 2,380    $ 1,617
                           =======    =======    =======

   The projected benefit obligation was determined using assumed discount
   rates of 8.5% in 1994, 7.5% in 1993 and 8.25% in 1992, and assumed
   long-term rates of compensation increase of 4% in 1994, 1993, and 1992. 
   The annual long-term rate of return on plan assets was assumed to be
   9.0% in 1994 and 1993 and 9.5% in 1992.  Plan assets consist principally
   of preferred and common stocks and fixed income investments.  Funding
   for the plans equals or exceeds the  minimum requirements of the
   Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. 

   In addition, the Company maintains an unfunded supplemental retirement
   benefit plan for certain management employees.  The accumulated benefit
   obligation for this plan was $841,000 and $606,000 at December 31, 1994
   and 1993, respectively, using a discount rate of 8.5% and 7.5%,
   respectively.  

   The Company maintains a savings and profit sharing plan under Section
   401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Effective January 1, 1994,
   bargaining unit employees were added to the plan which now covers
   substantially all employees who have completed sixty (60) days of
   service with the Company.  Through June 30, 1992, the Company matched
   25% of non-bargaining unit employee  contributions to the plan not to
   exceed 6% of the employee's annual compensation, at which time the
   Company indefinitely suspended the matching of contributions.  Vesting
   of Company contributions occurs at the rate of 20% per year.  The 
   contribution for the year ended December 31, 1992 approximated $70,000. 


   The Company maintains a defined contribution plan that covers
   substantially all employees not included under a defined benefit plan. 
   The Company contributes various percentages of eligible employee
   compensation (as defined therein); the plan does not allow employee
   contributions.  The Company has contributed approximately $194,000, 
   $165,000, and $151,000 in connection with this plan for 1994, 1993 and  
   1992, respectively.   

   The Company only provides postretirement benefits to retirees in two
   areas:  a $2,500 life insurance policy for retired office employees and
   subsidized health insurance benefits for early retirees prior to their
   attaining age 65.  The number of retirees associated with postretirement
   benefit costs is approximately 140.  Prior to 1993, the cost of these
   benefits was recognized on a cash basis.  Effective January 1, 1993, the
   Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106
   "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,"
   which requires employers to account for the cost of these benefits on an
   accrual basis.

   The Company elected to recognize this change in accounting principle
   using the delayed recognition method.  Under this method, the Company's
   accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of $451,000 as of January
   1, 1993 will be amortized to expense over a twenty-year period.

   Net postretirement benefit expense included the following components (in
   thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,                           1994      1993
   Service cost                                      $ 49      $ 19
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation      106        37
   Net amortization and deferral                       70        23
                                                     ----      ----
   Net postretirement benefit expense                $225      $ 79
                                                     ====      ====


   The difference between net postretirement benefit expense on a cash
   versus accrual basis was not material for the years ended December 31,
   1994 and 1993.

   The Company's postretirement benefit plans are not funded.  The status
   of the Company's plans was as follows (in thousands):

   December 31,                                      1994      1993
   Actuarial present value of accumulated
     postretirement benefit obligation               $1,355    $507
   Unrecognized transitional obligation                (405)   (428)
   Unrecognized net loss                               (646)     -
                                                     -------   -----
   Accrued postretirement benefit liability          $  304    $ 79
                                                     =======   =====

   The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the
   accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 1994 was
   12% decreasing to 6% over seven years.  The discount rate used in
   determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 8.5%
   at December 31, 1994 and 7.5% at December 31, 1993.  A one point
   percentage increase in the health care cost trend rate would increase
   the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately  
   $242,000 and would increase the net postretirement benefit expense by
   approximately $38,000.

   Note 9 - Shareholders' Equity
   Pursuant to the terms of employment agreements entered into with the
   Company's chief executive officer and chief operating officer, effective
   November 1992, an aggregate of 41,103 shares of the Company's common
   stock were issued to the two executives in February 1993 at no cost to
   the executives.  Under the same employment agreements, an aggregate of
   182,142 restricted shares of the Company's common stock were issued at
   no cost, in February 1993, to the two executives.  Such restricted stock
   is subject to agreements with the two executives requiring forfeiture of
   their respective shares in the event of certain types of termination of
   employment prior to January 3, 1996.

   During April 1987, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the
   1987 Stock Option Plan as approved by the shareholders (the "1987
   Plan"), which authorized the granting of options for up to 375,000
   shares of the Company's common stock.  In October 1989, the Company
   increased the number of shares issuable under the 1987 Plan to 530,000. 
   The 1987 Plan provides that options be granted at an exercise price not
   less than fair market value on the date the options are granted and that
   the option period shall not be more than seven years after the grant
   date.  The options vest ratably over a period not exceeding three years
   after the grant date. 

   Following is a summary of activity in the stock option plan for 1993 and
   1994:

                                               Shares     Weighted
                                              Subject     Average
                                             to Option     Option
                                                           Price

            Outstanding, January 1, 1993      362,674       $ 6.07
              Granted                         122,000         5.30

              Exercised                       (34,088)        3.60

              Cancelled                      (218,334)        5.95
                                            _________      _______
            Outstanding, December 31, 1993    232,252       $ 6.14
                                            =========      =======

            Outstanding, January 1, 1994      232,252       $ 6.14

              Granted                          58,500         6.25

              Exercised                       (37,080)        3.63
              Cancelled                       (12,753)        5.58
                                            _________      _______  

            Outstanding, December 31, 1994    240,919        $6.58
                                            =========     ========

            Exercisable, December 31, 1994    112,738        $7.43
                                            =========     ========

   At December 31, 1994, a warrant to purchase 180,000 shares of the
   Company's common stock for $7 per share, subject to certain adjustments
   as provided in the agreement, was outstanding to the former junior note
   holder.  The warrant can be exercised at any time through March 5, 1998.

   Note 10 - Leases
   The Company occupies certain warehouse facilities and uses certain
   equipment under operating lease arrangements.  Rent expense under such
   arrangements amounted to $1,606,000, $2,093,000 and $2,383,000 in 1994,
   1993 and 1992, respectively.  

   The Company maintains non-cancellable operating leases for certain
   facilities and equipment.  Future minimum lease payments under such
   leases at December 31, 1994, are as follows (in thousands):

   1995      $1,061
   1996         892
   1997         179
   1998          40
   1999          20
             ------
   Total     $2,192
             ======

   Note 11 - Contingencies
   The Company is involved in litigation of which the ultimate outcome and
   liability to the Company, if any, is not presently determinable. 
   Management believes, based on opinion of counsel, that final disposition
   of such litigation will not have a material impact on the Company's
   results of operations or financial position.  

   The Company has received informal notification from the City of West
   Bend, Wisconsin that it may have some financial responsibility with
   respect to the closure of a landfill site used by the City of West Bend
   from the mid-1960's through 1984.  The amount of the Company's potential
   obligation, if any, is not presently determinable.  The City of West
   Bend is currently taking remedial action with respect to the landfill
   site.

   During 1993, the Company recorded a gain of approximately $250,000
   related to the favorable settlement of a patent litigation matter.  The
   gain was recorded as other income (expense) in the 1993 consolidated
   statement of income.  

   Note 12 - Segment Information
   The Company manufactures and distributes products into two industry  
   segments.  

   Gehl Agriculture is engaged in the manufacture and distribution of farm
   equipment and machinery for the dairy and livestock agricultural sector. 
   As of December 31, 1994, 87% of the Company's accounts receivable were
   from customers in the agricultural sector.  

   Gehl Construction is engaged in the manufacture and distribution of
   equipment and machinery for the construction market.  As of December 31,
   1994, 13% of the Company's accounts receivable were from customers in
   the construction market.  

   Unallocated assets are cash, refundable income taxes and other
   nonallocable assets.  

   Segments of business by industry are presented below (in thousands):

        Year Ended December 31,      1994         1993         1992

        Net Sales
        Agriculture               $ 94,824    $ 93,931     $ 91,223

        Construction                51,796      43,287       38,471
                                  ________    ________     ________

          Consolidated            $146,620    $137,218     $129,694
                                  ========    ========     ========
        Income (Loss) from
          Operations

        Agriculture               $  4,419    $  5,509     $ (4,393)
        Construction                 8,542       1,830       (2,473)
                                  ________    ________     ________

          Consolidated            $ 12,961    $  7,339     $ (6,866)
                                  ========    ========     ========

        Assets (Year-end)
        Agriculture                $97,730    $109,989     $123,861

        Construction                24,029      26,952       37,093
        Unallocated                  9,268       7,339        9,271
                                  ________    ________     ________

          Consolidated            $131,027    $144,280     $170,225
                                  ========    ========     ========
        Depreciation/
          Amortization
        Agriculture                 $2,273    $  2,421     $  2,521  

        Construction                 1,076       1,377        1,575

        Unallocated                    418         393          265
                                  ________    ________     ________
          Consolidated            $  3,767    $  4,191     $  4,361
                                  ========    ========     ========
        Capital Expenditures

        Agriculture               $  1,083    $    764     $  1,255
        Construction                 1,422          45          218
                                  ________    ________     ________

          Consolidated            $  2,505    $    809     $  1,473
                                  ========    ========     ========
   Exports of U.S. produced products were approximately $25.9 million,
   $28.1 million and $26.6 million in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.


   Note 13 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)


    In Thousands,
    Except Per        First      Second       Third       Fourth
    Share Data --    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter       Total

    1994

    Net sales       $34,242     $41,916     $37,592     $32,870     $146,620
    Gross profit      9,693      12,854      11,257       9,470       43,274

    Net income
    (loss)             (262)      1,755       2,511       1,031        5,035
    Net income
    (loss) per
    common share      (.04)        .28         .41         .17          .82

    1993
    Net sales       $29,717     $37,569     $35,860     $34,072     $137,218

    Gross profit      7,934      10,661      10,113      10,175       38,883
    Net income
    (loss)           (1,497)        950         597         191          241

    Net income
    (loss) per
    common share      (.25)        .16         .10          .03          .04

<PAGE>
[Page 26 of the Annual Report]
<TABLE>

                        GEHL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
                         FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

<CAPTION>
    Dollars in
    Thousands,
    Except Per
    Share Data         1994       1993         1992         1991          1990
<S>                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Summary of
    Operations
    Net sales      $146,620    $137,218     $129,694     $127,290       $174,920

    Gross profit     43,274      38,883       32,971       31,700         55,361

    Income (loss)
    from
    operations       12,961       7,339       (6,866)     (13,374)        17,006
    Interest
    expense           6,711       8,364       10,103        8,973          6,914

    Income (loss)
    before income
    taxes             5,035         366      (18,150)     (25,398)        11,209
    Net income
    (loss)            5,035         241      (17,900)     (19,284) <F1>    7,318

    Financial
    Position at
    December 31
    Current assets $102,621    $114,355     $138,193     $163,824       $159,983

    Current
    liabilities      28,710      30,328      128,717       55,196         31,298
    Working
    capital          73,911      84,027        9,476      108,628        128,685

    Accounts
    receivable       72,393      84,969      101,181      112,561        115,567

    Finance
    contracts
    receivable        5,647       6,847        9,793       12,433         19,085
    Inventories      21,452      21,633       24,083       27,399         29,209

    Property,
    plant and
    equipment, net   20,433      20,088       22,242       23,852         14,015
    Total assets    131,027     144,280      170,225      199,701        196,019

    Long-term debt   54,700      72,259          418       86,043         83,937

    Total debt       54,880      72,808       97,676      102,958         85,389  

    Shareholders'
    equity           46,283      40,895       40,405       58,217         77,919

    Common Share
    Summary

    Net income
    (loss) per
    share                 $.82      $.04      $(3.05)      $(3.29)<F1>    $1.21     

    Dividends per               
    share                --          --           --          .08           .16
    Book value per
    share                 7.50      6.67        6.88         9.93         13.30

    Shares
    outstanding at
    year-end      6,169,523   6,132,443    5,875,110    5,865,110      5,860,360

    Other
    Financial
    Statistics

    Capital
    expenditures     $2,505        $809       $1,473      $10,766         $5,127
    Depreciation      2,692       2,940        3,093        2,682          2,052

    Current ratio   3.6 to 1    3.8 to 1    1.1 to 1      3.0 to 1      5.1 to 1

    Percent total
    debt to total
    capitalization     54.2%      64.0%       70.7%          63.9%         52.3%

    Net income
    (loss) as a
    percent of net
    sales               3.4%        .2%      (13.8%)       (15.1%)          4.2%

    After-tax
    return on
    average
    shareholders'
    equity             11.6%        .6%      (36.3%)       (28.3%)          9.8%
    Employees at
    year-end            928         946        1,001        1,150          1,340

    Common stock
    price range
                     8-1/2 -      7-3/8 -    6 -            9-3/4 -     16-3/4 - 
                     5-3/8        3           2-1/4         3            6-1/2
<FN>
<F1>
Includes $2,325,000 ($.40 per share) extraordinary loss on extinguishment of
    debt, net of tax. 
</FN>
</TABLE>

   Investor Information
                              Price Range                     Dividends     

                         1994            1993           1994            1993
    Stock Prices
    and Dividends

    First quarter   $7-3/4 - 5-3/8 $3-7/8 - 3      $ --            $ --

    Second quarter   6-3/4 - 5-1/2  5-3/8 - 3-1/4    --              --
    Third quarter    7     - 5-3/8  6-7/8 - 4-1/4    --              --

    Fourth quarter   8-1/2 - 5-1/2  7-3/8 - 5-1/2    --              --
                    ______________ ______________  ______________  _____________
      Year          $8-1/2 - 5-3/8 $7-3/8 - 3      $ --            $ --
                    ============== ==============  ==============  =============
<PAGE>
[Pages 27 and 28 of the Annual Report]

   Directors and Officers

   Board of Directors
   John W. Findley
   Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director, Findley
   Adhesives, Inc. (1,2)

   Peter A. Fischer
   Director of, and retired President and Chief Executive Officer, Medalist
   Industries, Inc. (1,2)

   John W. Gehl
   Vice President, International (3)

   William D. Gehl
   President and Chief Executive Officer (3)

   Arthur W. Nesbitt
   Chairman of the Board, Gehl Company, and President, Chief Executive
   Officer and a Director, Nasco International (2,*3)

   Roger E. Secrist
   Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, ANGUS Chemical Company
   (*2,3)

   Richard G. Sim
   Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director,
   Applied Power Inc. (*1)

   (*)  Chairman  
   (1)  Audit Committee  
   (2)  Compensation and Benefits Committee 
   (3)  Nominating Committee    

   Executive Officers
   William D. Gehl
   President and Chief Executive Officer 

   Victor A. Mancinelli
   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

   John W. Gehl
   Vice President, International

   Kenneth F. Kaplan
   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer

   Michael J. Mulcahy
   Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

   Richard J. Semler
   Vice President, Data Systems

   Kenneth P. Hahn
   Corporate Controller

   Information of Interest

   Annual Meeting
   All shareholders are invited to attend our annual meeting which will be
   held on Thursday, April 27, 1995, at 3:00 p.m. at the West Bend Inn,
   2520 West Washington Street, West Bend, Wisconsin.  

   Locations
   Gehl Company is headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin, with
   manufacturing facilities in West Bend; Lebanon, Pennsylvania; and
   Madison and Yankton, South Dakota.

   Form 10-K and Other Company Information
   Shareholders and prospective investors are welcome to call or write Gehl
   Company with questions or requests for additional information including
   obtaining a copy of Gehl Company's Form 10-K for 1994, as filed with the
   Securities and Exchange Commission.  Please direct inquiries to:
   Michael J. Mulcahy
   Corporate Secretary
   Gehl Company
   143 Water Street
   West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
   414-334-6663

   Transfer Agent
   Shareholders with a change of address or related needs should contact:
   Firstar Trust Company
   615 E. Michigan Street, 4th Floor
   P.O. Box 2077
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
   800-637-7549  

   Stock Market Information
   Gehl Company common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market System
   under the symbol GEHL. 

   Independent Accountants
   Price Waterhouse LLP
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin 





Exhibit 21

     The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Gehl Company:

     -     Gehl International, Inc.
     -     Gehl Power Products, Inc.
     -     Hedlund Martin, Inc.
 



                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the
Registration Statements listed below of Gehl Company of our report dated
February 10, 1995 appearing on page 8 of the 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  We
also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report on the Financial
Statement Schedule, which appears on page 16 of this Form 10-K.

        1.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-38392)

        2.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-39150)


PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
March 7, 1995 

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from Gehl
Company's consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1994 and consolidated
statements of income for the twelve month period ended December 31, 1994 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-1-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                            2570
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    80630
<ALLOWANCES>                                      4848
<INVENTORY>                                      21452
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                102621
<PP&E>                                           51563
<DEPRECIATION>                                   31130
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  131027
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            28710
<BONDS>                                          54700<F1>
<COMMON>                                           617
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                       45666
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    131027
<SALES>                                         146620
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                146620
<CGS>                                           103346
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   103346
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                6711
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   5035
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                               5035
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                      5035
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .82
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0<F2>
<FN>
<F1>Includes all non-current portion of debt obligations
<F2>Not reported
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission